(info-lookup): For ease of use try item
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob0f731ebbc57da689dade3abf9f02c0252b13c8ed
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (15634 5014))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
124 \(fn)" t nil)
126 ;;;***
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (15772 35435))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (15824 17536))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
149 ;;;***
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15851 40734))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
158 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
159 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
161 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
162 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
163 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
164 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
165 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
166 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
168 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
169 Prompt for a change log name.
171 \(fn)" nil nil)
173 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
174 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
176 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
177 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
178 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
179 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
181 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
182 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
183 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
185 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
186 current buffer to the complete file name.
187 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
189 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
191 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
192 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
193 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
194 name and site.
196 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
197 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
199 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
201 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
202 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
203 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
205 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
206 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
207 the same person.
209 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
210 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
211 notices.
213 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
214 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
216 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
218 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
219 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
220 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
221 the change log file in another window.
223 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
224 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
226 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
227 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
228 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
229 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
230 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
231 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
233 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
234 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
236 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
237 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
239 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
240 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
242 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
243 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
245 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
246 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
248 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
249 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
250 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
251 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
252 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
254 Has a preference of looking backwards.
256 \(fn)" nil nil)
258 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
259 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
260 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
261 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
262 or a buffer.
264 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
265 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
267 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
269 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
270 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
272 \(fn)" t nil)
274 ;;;***
276 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
277 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
278 ;;;;;; 3013))
279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
281 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
282 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
283 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
284 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
285 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
286 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
287 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
288 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
289 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
290 interpreted as `error'.")
292 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
293 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
294 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
295 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
296 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
297 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
298 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
299 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
301 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
317 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
318 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
320 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
321 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
322 BODY... )
324 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
325 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
326 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
327 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
328 see also `ad-add-advice'.
329 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
330 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
331 before/around/after-advices will be used.
332 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
333 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
334 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
335 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
336 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
337 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
339 Semantics of the various flags:
340 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
341 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
342 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
344 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
345 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
347 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
348 advised function should be compiled.
350 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
351 during activation until somebody enables it.
353 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
354 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
355 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
356 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
358 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
359 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
360 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
361 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
362 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
363 during preloading.
365 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
367 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
369 ;;;***
371 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
372 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
373 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15793 40965))
374 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
376 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
377 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
378 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
379 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
380 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
381 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
382 rule's `separate' attribute).
384 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
385 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
386 `separate' attribute set.
388 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
389 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
390 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
391 on the format of these lists.
393 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
395 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
396 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
397 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
398 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
399 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
400 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
401 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
402 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
403 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
404 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
405 options.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
417 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
419 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
421 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
422 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
423 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
424 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
425 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
426 align that section.
428 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
430 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
431 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
432 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
433 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
434 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
435 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
436 been used to align that section.
438 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
440 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
441 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
443 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
444 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
445 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
446 to be colored.
448 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
450 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
451 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
453 \(fn)" t nil)
455 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
456 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
458 \(fn)" t nil)
460 ;;;***
462 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (15869 9800))
463 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
465 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
466 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
468 MODE is one of the following symbols:
470 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
471 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
472 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
473 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
474 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
475 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
476 any confirmation check.
478 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
479 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
480 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
481 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
483 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
484 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
485 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
487 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
488 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
490 \(require 'allout)
491 \(allout-init t)
493 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
495 ;;;***
497 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
498 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15757 48918))
499 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
501 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
503 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
504 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
505 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
506 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
507 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
508 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
510 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
512 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
513 Not documented
515 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
517 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
519 ;;;***
521 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
522 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
525 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
526 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
527 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
528 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
529 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
530 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
531 in the current window.
533 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
535 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
536 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
537 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
539 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
541 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
542 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
544 \(fn)" t nil)
546 ;;;***
548 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
549 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15582 40062))
550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
552 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
553 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
555 \(fn)" t nil)
557 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
558 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
560 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
561 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
562 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
563 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
565 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
566 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
568 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
570 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
572 ;;;***
574 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
575 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15863 37417))
576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
578 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
579 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
580 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
581 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
582 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
583 \\[yank].
585 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
586 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
587 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
588 the rules.
590 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
591 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
592 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
593 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
595 \(fn)" t nil)
597 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
599 \\{antlr-mode-map}
601 \(fn)" t nil)
603 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
604 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
605 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
607 \(fn)" nil nil)
609 ;;;***
611 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
612 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
613 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
614 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15708 3234))
615 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
617 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
618 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
619 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
620 as the first thing on a line.")
622 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
623 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
625 (defvar appt-audible t "\
626 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
628 (defvar appt-visible t "\
629 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
631 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
632 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
634 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
635 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
637 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
638 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
640 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
641 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
642 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
644 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
645 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
646 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
648 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
650 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
651 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
653 \(fn)" t nil)
655 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
656 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
657 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
658 put in the appointments list.
659 02/23/89
660 12:00pm lunch
661 Wednesday
662 10:00am group meeting
663 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
664 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
665 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
667 \(fn)" nil nil)
669 ;;;***
671 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
672 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15806
673 ;;;;;; 54403))
674 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
676 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
677 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
679 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
681 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
682 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
683 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
684 normal variables.
686 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
688 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
690 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
691 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
692 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
693 noninteractive functions.
695 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
696 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
698 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
700 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
701 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
702 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
703 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
704 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
706 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
708 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
709 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
710 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
711 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
712 Returns list of symbols and values found.
714 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
716 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
717 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
718 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
719 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
720 bindings.
721 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
723 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
725 ;;;***
727 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15820
728 ;;;;;; 22518))
729 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
731 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
732 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
733 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
734 Letters no longer insert themselves.
735 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
736 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
738 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
739 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
740 archive.
742 \\{archive-mode-map}
744 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
746 ;;;***
748 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
749 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
751 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
752 Major mode for editing arrays.
754 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
755 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
756 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
758 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
760 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
761 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
762 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
764 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
765 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
766 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
767 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
768 The variables are:
770 Variables you assign:
771 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
772 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
773 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
774 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
775 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
776 row numbers in the buffer.
778 Variables which are calculated:
779 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
780 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
782 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
783 take a numeric prefix argument):
785 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
786 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
787 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
788 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
790 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
791 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
792 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
793 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
795 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
796 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
797 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
798 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
800 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
801 between that of point and mark.
803 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
804 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
806 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
807 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
808 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
809 newlines inside rows)
811 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
813 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
815 \(fn)" t nil)
817 ;;;***
819 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15793
820 ;;;;;; 40971))
821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
823 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
824 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
825 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
826 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
828 How to quit artist mode
830 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
833 How to submit a bug report
835 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
838 Drawing with the mouse:
840 mouse-2
841 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
842 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
843 below).
845 mouse-1
846 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
847 or pastes:
849 Operation Not shifted Shifted
850 --------------------------------------------------------------
851 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
852 to new point
853 --------------------------------------------------------------
854 Line Line in any direction Straight line
855 --------------------------------------------------------------
856 Rectangle Rectangle Square
857 --------------------------------------------------------------
858 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
859 --------------------------------------------------------------
860 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
861 --------------------------------------------------------------
862 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
863 --------------------------------------------------------------
864 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
865 --------------------------------------------------------------
866 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
867 --------------------------------------------------------------
868 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
869 lines
870 --------------------------------------------------------------
871 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
872 --------------------------------------------------------------
873 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
874 --------------------------------------------------------------
875 Paste Paste Paste
876 --------------------------------------------------------------
877 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
878 --------------------------------------------------------------
880 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
881 or diagonally.
883 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
884 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
885 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
886 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
887 poly-lines.
889 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
890 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
891 overwrite means the opposite.
893 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
894 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
895 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
897 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
899 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
900 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
902 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
903 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
904 are currently drawing something.
906 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
907 some time to fill.
910 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
911 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
914 Settings
916 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
918 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
920 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
922 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
924 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
925 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
927 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
930 Drawing with keys
932 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
933 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
934 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
935 When erase characters: toggles erasing
936 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
937 When pasting: Pastes
939 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
941 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
943 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
944 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
945 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
946 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
947 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
948 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
951 Arrows
953 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
954 of the line/poly-line
956 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
957 of the line/poly-line
960 Selecting operation
962 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
964 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
965 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
966 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
967 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
968 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
969 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
970 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
971 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
972 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
973 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
974 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
975 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
976 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
977 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
978 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
979 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
980 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
981 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
982 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
983 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
986 Variables
988 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
989 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
991 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
992 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
993 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
994 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
995 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
996 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
997 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
998 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
999 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1000 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1001 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1002 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1003 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1004 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1005 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1006 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1007 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1008 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1009 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1011 Hooks
1013 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1014 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1017 Keymap summary
1019 \\{artist-mode-map}
1021 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1023 ;;;***
1025 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
1026 ;;;;;; 3352))
1027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1029 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1030 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1031 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1033 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1034 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1035 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1036 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1038 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1039 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1041 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1042 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1044 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1046 Special commands:
1047 \\{asm-mode-map}
1049 \(fn)" t nil)
1051 ;;;***
1053 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1054 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
1055 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1057 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1058 Obsolete.")
1060 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1061 This command is obsolete.
1063 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1065 ;;;***
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1068 ;;;;;; (15851 40734))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1071 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1072 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1079 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
1081 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1082 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1083 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1084 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1085 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1086 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1087 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1088 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1089 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1090 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1092 For example:
1093 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1094 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1095 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1096 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1097 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1099 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1103 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1104 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1105 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1107 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1109 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1111 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
1113 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1114 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1115 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1116 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1117 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1118 &c to supply digit arguments.
1120 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1124 ;;;***
1126 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1127 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
1128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1130 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1131 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1133 \(fn)" t nil)
1135 ;;;***
1137 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1138 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15566 51176))
1139 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1141 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1142 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1143 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1145 \(fn)" t nil)
1147 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1148 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1149 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1150 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1152 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1154 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1155 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1156 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1158 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1160 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1162 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1164 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1165 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1166 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1167 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1169 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1170 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1177 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1178 ;;;;;; (15869 9800))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1181 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1182 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1183 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1184 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1186 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1188 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1189 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1190 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1192 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1194 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1195 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1196 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments.
1198 \(fn)" nil nil)
1200 ;;;***
1202 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1203 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1204 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1206 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1207 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1208 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1210 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1211 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1213 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1214 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1215 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1219 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1220 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1222 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1223 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1225 \(fn)" nil nil)
1227 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1228 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1229 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1231 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1233 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1235 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1237 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1238 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1240 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1241 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1242 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1249 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1252 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1253 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1254 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1256 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1258 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1260 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1262 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1263 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1264 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1265 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1267 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1268 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1269 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1271 Effects of the different modes:
1272 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1273 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1274 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1275 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1276 a random distance & direction.
1277 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1278 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1279 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1281 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1283 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1284 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1285 definition of \"random distance\".)
1287 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1289 ;;;***
1291 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1292 ;;;;;; 10362))
1293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1295 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1296 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1297 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1298 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1299 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1301 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1303 ;;;***
1305 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1306 ;;;;;; (15817 53097))
1307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1309 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1310 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1312 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1313 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1315 For example:
1317 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1318 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1319 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1320 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1322 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1324 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1326 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1328 ;;;***
1330 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1331 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1332 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1334 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1335 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1336 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1337 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1339 \(fn)" t nil)
1341 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1342 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1343 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1344 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1345 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1346 seconds.
1348 \(fn)" t nil)
1350 ;;;***
1352 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15793
1353 ;;;;;; 40971))
1354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1356 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1357 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1359 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1360 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1361 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1362 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1363 message.
1366 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1368 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1369 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1370 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1371 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1372 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1374 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1375 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1376 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1377 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1378 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1379 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1381 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1382 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1383 BibTeX mode.
1386 Special information:
1388 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1390 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1391 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1392 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1393 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1394 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1395 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1396 current field.
1397 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1398 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1400 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1401 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1402 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1403 bibtex-entry-format.
1404 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1405 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1406 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1408 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1409 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1411 The following may be of interest as well:
1413 Functions:
1414 bibtex-entry
1415 bibtex-kill-entry
1416 bibtex-yank-pop
1417 bibtex-pop-previous
1418 bibtex-pop-next
1419 bibtex-complete-string
1420 bibtex-complete-key
1421 bibtex-print-help-message
1422 bibtex-generate-autokey
1423 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1424 bibtex-end-of-entry
1425 bibtex-reposition-window
1426 bibtex-mark-entry
1427 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1428 bibtex-ispell-entry
1429 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1430 bibtex-sort-buffer
1431 bibtex-validate
1432 bibtex-count
1433 bibtex-fill-entry
1434 bibtex-reformat
1435 bibtex-convert-alien
1437 Variables:
1438 bibtex-field-delimiters
1439 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1440 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1441 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1442 bibtex-entry-format
1443 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1444 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1445 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1446 bibtex-predefined-strings
1447 bibtex-string-files
1449 ---------------------------------------------------------
1450 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1451 non-nil.
1453 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1455 \(fn)" t nil)
1457 ;;;***
1459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 29592))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1462 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1464 ;;;***
1466 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15755
1467 ;;;;;; 27135))
1468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1470 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1471 Play blackbox.
1472 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1474 What is blackbox?
1476 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1477 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1478 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1479 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1480 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1481 your score.
1483 Overview of play:
1485 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1486 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1487 four.
1489 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1490 movement keys.
1492 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1493 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1495 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1496 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1498 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1499 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1500 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1501 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1502 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1503 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1505 Details:
1507 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1509 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1510 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1511 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1512 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1514 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1515 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1516 denoted by the letter `R'.
1518 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1519 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1520 denoted by the letter `H'.
1522 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1523 example.
1525 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1526 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1527 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1528 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1529 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1530 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1531 ray.
1533 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1534 degree deflection it causes.
1537 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1538 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1539 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1540 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1541 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1542 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1543 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1544 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1547 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1548 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1551 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1552 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1553 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1554 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1555 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1556 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1557 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1558 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1560 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1561 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1562 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1563 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1564 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1565 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1566 emerging from the box.
1568 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1570 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1571 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1572 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1573 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1574 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1575 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1576 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1577 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1579 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1580 a reflection.
1582 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1584 ;;;***
1586 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1587 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1588 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1589 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1590 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1591 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12700))
1592 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1593 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1594 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1595 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1597 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1598 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1599 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1600 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1601 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1602 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1604 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1606 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1608 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1610 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1612 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1614 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1616 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1618 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1620 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1622 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1624 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1626 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1628 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1630 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1631 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1632 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1633 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1634 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1635 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1636 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1637 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1638 recent one.
1640 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1641 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1642 yank successive words.
1644 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1645 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1646 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1647 name of the file being visited.
1649 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1650 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1651 the list of bookmarks.)
1653 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1655 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1656 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1657 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1658 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1659 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1660 this.
1662 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1663 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1664 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1665 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1667 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1669 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1670 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1671 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1672 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1673 after a bookmark was set in it.
1675 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1677 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1678 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1679 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1680 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1682 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1684 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1686 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1687 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1688 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1689 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1691 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1692 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1693 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1695 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1696 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1697 name.
1699 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1701 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1702 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1703 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1704 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1705 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1706 this.
1708 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1710 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1711 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1712 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1713 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1714 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1715 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1716 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1717 probably because we were called from there.
1719 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1721 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1722 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1723 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1725 \(fn)" t nil)
1727 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1728 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1729 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1730 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1731 \(second argument).
1733 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1734 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1735 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1736 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1737 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1739 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1740 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1741 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1742 `bookmark-default-file'.
1744 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1747 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1748 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1749 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1750 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1751 while loading.
1753 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1754 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1755 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1756 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1757 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1758 explicitly.
1760 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1761 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1762 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1763 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1765 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1767 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1768 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1769 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1770 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1771 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1773 \(fn)" t nil)
1775 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1777 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1779 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1780 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1781 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1782 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1783 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1784 this.
1786 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1787 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1788 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1790 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1793 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1794 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1795 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1796 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1797 this.
1799 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1800 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1801 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1803 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1805 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1806 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1807 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1809 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1810 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1811 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1816 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1817 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1818 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1819 prompts for NEWNAME.
1820 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1821 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1822 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1824 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1825 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1826 name.
1828 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1829 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1830 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1832 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1834 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1835 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1836 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1837 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1838 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1839 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1841 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1842 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1843 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1845 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1847 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1849 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1851 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1853 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1855 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1857 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1859 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1861 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1863 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1865 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1867 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1869 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1871 ;;;***
1873 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1874 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1875 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1876 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1877 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1878 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1879 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1880 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1881 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1882 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1883 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15863 37417))
1884 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1886 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1887 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1888 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1889 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1891 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1892 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1893 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1894 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1895 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1897 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1898 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1900 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1901 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1903 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1904 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1905 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1906 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1907 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1909 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1910 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1911 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1913 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1914 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1916 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1917 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1918 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1919 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1920 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1921 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1923 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1925 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1926 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1927 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1928 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1929 narrowed.
1931 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1934 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1936 \(fn)" t nil)
1938 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1939 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1941 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1943 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1944 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1945 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1946 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1948 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1951 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1952 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1953 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1957 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1958 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1959 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1960 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1961 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1962 to use.
1964 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1966 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1967 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1968 Default to the URL around or before point.
1970 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1971 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1972 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1973 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1976 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1978 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1979 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1981 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1984 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1985 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1986 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1988 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1989 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1990 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1991 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1993 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1994 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1996 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1998 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1999 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2000 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2001 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2003 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2004 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2005 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2006 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2008 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2009 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2010 new tab in an existing window instead.
2012 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2013 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2017 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2018 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2019 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2020 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2022 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2023 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2024 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2025 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2027 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2028 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2029 new tab in an existing window instead.
2031 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2032 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2036 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2037 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2038 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2039 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2041 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2042 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2043 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2044 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2046 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2047 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2049 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2051 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2052 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2054 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2055 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2056 program is invoked according to the variable
2057 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2059 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2060 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2061 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2062 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2065 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2067 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2069 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
2070 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
2071 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
2073 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2074 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2075 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2076 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2078 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2080 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2081 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2082 Default to the URL around or before point.
2084 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2085 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2086 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2088 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2089 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2090 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2091 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2093 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2094 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2096 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2098 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2099 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2100 Default to the URL around or before point.
2102 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2104 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2105 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2106 Default to the URL around or before point.
2108 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2109 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2110 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2112 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2113 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2119 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2120 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2122 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2124 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2125 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2126 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2127 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2128 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2130 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2132 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2133 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2134 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2135 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2137 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2138 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2139 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2140 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2142 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2143 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2145 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2148 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2149 Default to the URL around or before point.
2151 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2153 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2154 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2155 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2156 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2157 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2158 current one.
2160 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2161 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2162 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2163 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2165 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2166 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2170 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2171 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2172 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2173 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2174 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2175 don't offer a form of remote control.
2177 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2179 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2180 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2181 Default to the URL around or before point.
2183 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2185 ;;;***
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15828
2188 ;;;;;; 34220))
2189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2191 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2192 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2194 \(fn)" t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2197 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2199 \(fn)" nil nil)
2201 ;;;***
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2204 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2205 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2207 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2208 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2209 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2210 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2212 \(fn)" t nil)
2214 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2215 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2216 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2217 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2219 \(fn)" t nil)
2221 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2222 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2224 \(fn)" t nil)
2226 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2227 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2228 \\<bs-mode-map>
2229 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2230 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2231 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2232 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2234 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2235 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2236 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2237 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2238 name of buffer configuration.
2240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2242 ;;;***
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2245 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15823
2246 ;;;;;; 65468))
2247 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2249 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2250 Keymap used by buttons.")
2252 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2253 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2254 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2256 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2257 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2258 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2259 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2260 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2261 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2263 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2264 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2265 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2266 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2268 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2271 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2272 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2273 specifying properties to add to the button.
2274 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2275 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2276 `define-button-type'.
2278 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2280 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2282 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2283 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2284 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2285 specifying properties to add to the button.
2286 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2287 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2288 `define-button-type'.
2290 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2292 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2294 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2295 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2296 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2297 specifying properties to add to the button.
2298 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2299 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2300 `define-button-type'.
2302 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2303 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2304 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2305 `make-text-button'.
2307 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2309 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2311 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2312 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2313 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2314 specifying properties to add to the button.
2315 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2316 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2317 `define-button-type'.
2319 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2320 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2321 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2322 `insert-text-button'.
2324 Also see `make-text-button'.
2326 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2328 ;;;***
2330 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2331 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2332 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2333 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2334 ;;;;;; (15866 25920))
2335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2337 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2338 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2339 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2341 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2343 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2344 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2345 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2346 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2348 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2349 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2350 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2351 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2352 whether to compile it.
2354 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2356 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2357 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2359 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2362 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2363 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2364 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2365 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2367 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2370 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2371 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2372 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2376 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2377 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2378 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2380 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2382 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2384 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2385 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2386 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2387 all functions called by those functions.
2389 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2390 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2391 cons, etc.).
2393 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2394 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2395 invoked interactively.
2397 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2399 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2400 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2401 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2402 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2404 \(fn)" nil nil)
2406 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2407 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2408 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2409 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2410 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2411 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2412 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2413 already up-to-date.
2415 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2417 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2418 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2419 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2420 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2422 \(fn)" nil nil)
2424 ;;;***
2426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2429 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2431 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2433 ;;;***
2435 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2436 ;;;;;; (15682 60948))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2439 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2440 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2441 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2442 from the cursor position.
2444 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2446 ;;;***
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2449 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2450 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15806
2451 ;;;;;; 54403))
2452 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2454 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2455 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2457 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2458 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2460 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2461 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2462 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2463 If nil, use original installation directory.
2464 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2466 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2467 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2469 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2470 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2472 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2473 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2474 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2476 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2477 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2481 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2482 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2484 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2486 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2487 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2489 \(fn)" t nil)
2491 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2492 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2494 \(fn)" t nil)
2496 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2497 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2498 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2499 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2501 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2503 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2504 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2505 This is most useful in the X window system.
2506 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2507 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2511 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2512 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2513 See calc-keypad for details.
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2517 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2518 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2520 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2522 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2523 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2525 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2528 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2530 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2532 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2533 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2534 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2536 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2538 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2539 Not documented
2541 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2543 ;;;***
2545 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2546 ;;;;;; (15767 53768))
2547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2549 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2550 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2552 \(fn)" nil nil)
2554 ;;;***
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2557 ;;;;;; 16009))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2560 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2561 Run the Emacs calculator.
2562 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2566 ;;;***
2568 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2569 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2570 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2571 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2572 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2573 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2574 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2575 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2576 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2577 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2578 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2579 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2580 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2581 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2582 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2583 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2584 ;;;;;; (15858 27206))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2587 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2588 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2589 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2591 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2592 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2593 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2594 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2595 the screen.")
2597 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2598 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2599 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2600 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2601 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2603 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2604 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2605 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2606 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2607 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2608 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2609 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2611 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2612 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2613 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2614 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2615 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2617 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2618 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2619 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2621 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2622 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2623 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2625 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2626 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2627 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2629 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2630 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2631 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2632 displayed.")
2634 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2635 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2636 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2638 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2639 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2640 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2642 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2644 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2645 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2646 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2648 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2649 calendar.")
2651 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2652 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2653 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2655 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2656 calendar.")
2658 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2659 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2660 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2662 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2663 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2664 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2665 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2666 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2668 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2669 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2670 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2671 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2672 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2673 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2674 a function is also provided for this:
2675 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2677 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2678 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2679 date is not visible in the window.
2681 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2682 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2683 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2685 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2686 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2688 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2689 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2690 date is visible in the window.
2692 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2693 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2694 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2696 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2697 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2699 For example,
2701 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2703 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2705 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2706 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2708 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2710 MONTH/DAY
2711 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2712 MONTHNAME DAY
2713 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2714 DAYNAME
2716 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2717 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2718 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2719 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2720 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2721 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2722 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2723 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2724 respectively.
2726 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2727 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2728 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2730 DAY/MONTH
2731 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2732 DAY MONTHNAME
2733 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2734 DAYNAME
2736 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2737 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2739 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2740 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2741 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2742 window but will appear in a diary window.
2744 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2745 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2747 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2748 entries (in the default American style):
2750 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2751 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2752 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2753 21: Payday
2754 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2755 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2756 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2757 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2758 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2759 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2760 &* 15 time cards due.
2762 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2763 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2764 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2765 single diary entry
2767 02/11/1989
2768 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2769 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2770 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2771 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2772 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2773 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2775 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2776 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2777 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2779 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2781 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2783 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2784 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2785 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2786 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2787 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2788 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2789 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2790 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2791 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2793 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2794 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2795 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2796 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2797 for these functions for details.
2799 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2800 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2802 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2803 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2805 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2806 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2808 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2809 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2811 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2812 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2813 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2815 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2816 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2817 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2819 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2820 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2821 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2822 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2824 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2825 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2826 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2827 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2829 DAY/MONTH
2830 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2831 DAY MONTHNAME
2832 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2833 DAYNAME
2835 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2836 characters with or without a period.")
2838 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2839 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2840 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2842 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2843 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2844 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2846 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2847 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2848 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2850 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2851 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2852 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2854 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2855 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2856 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2857 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2858 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2859 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2861 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2862 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2863 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2865 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2866 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2867 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2868 of the form
2870 #include \"filename\"
2872 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2873 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2874 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2875 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2876 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2878 For example, you could use
2880 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2881 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2882 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2884 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2885 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2886 lexicographic order.")
2888 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2889 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2890 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2892 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2893 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2894 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2895 diary display.
2897 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2898 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2899 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2900 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2901 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2902 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2903 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2905 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2906 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2907 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2908 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2909 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2910 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2911 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2912 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2914 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2915 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2916 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2917 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2918 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2919 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2921 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2922 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2924 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2925 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2926 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2927 of the form
2928 #include \"filename\"
2929 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2930 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2931 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2932 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2933 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2935 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2936 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2937 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2938 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2939 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2940 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2945 are holidays.")
2947 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2948 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2949 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2950 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2951 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2953 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2955 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2956 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2957 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2959 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2961 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2962 *Oriental holidays.
2963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2965 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2967 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2968 *Local holidays.
2969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2971 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2973 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2974 *User defined holidays.
2975 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2977 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2979 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2981 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2983 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2985 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2987 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2995 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2996 *Jewish holidays.
2997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2999 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3001 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3002 *Christian holidays.
3003 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3005 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3007 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3008 *Islamic holidays.
3009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3011 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3013 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3014 *Sun-related holidays.
3015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3017 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3019 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3020 The frame set up of the calendar.
3021 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3022 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3023 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3024 any other value the current frame is used.")
3026 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3027 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3028 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3030 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3031 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3035 ;;;***
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15854 23573))
3038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3040 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3043 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3044 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3046 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3047 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3049 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3050 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3052 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3053 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3055 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3056 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3058 ;;;***
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3061 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3062 ;;;;;; (15611 62476))
3063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3065 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3066 Not documented
3068 \(fn)" nil nil)
3070 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3071 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3072 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3073 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3074 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3075 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3077 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3079 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3080 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3081 run first.
3083 Key bindings:
3084 \\{c-mode-map}
3086 \(fn)" t nil)
3088 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3091 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3099 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3100 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3102 Key bindings:
3103 \\{c++-mode-map}
3105 \(fn)" t nil)
3107 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3108 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3109 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3110 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3111 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3112 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3113 message.
3115 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3117 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3118 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3119 is run first.
3121 Key bindings:
3122 \\{objc-mode-map}
3124 \(fn)" t nil)
3126 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3127 Major mode for editing Java code.
3128 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3129 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3130 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3131 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3132 message.
3134 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3136 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3137 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3138 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3139 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3140 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3142 Key bindings:
3143 \\{java-mode-map}
3145 \(fn)" t nil)
3147 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3148 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3149 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3150 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3151 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3152 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3153 message.
3155 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3157 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3158 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3159 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3161 Key bindings:
3162 \\{idl-mode-map}
3164 \(fn)" t nil)
3166 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3167 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3168 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3169 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3170 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3171 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3172 message.
3174 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3176 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3177 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3178 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3180 Key bindings:
3181 \\{pike-mode-map}
3183 \(fn)" t nil)
3185 ;;;***
3187 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3188 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15618 38209))
3189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3191 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3192 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3193 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3194 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3195 for details of setting up styles.
3197 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3198 style name.
3200 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3201 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3202 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3203 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3204 will be reassigned.
3206 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3207 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3208 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3209 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3210 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3211 default).
3213 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3214 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3215 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3216 when used elsewhere.
3218 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3220 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3221 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3222 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3223 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3225 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3227 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3228 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3229 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3231 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3233 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3234 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3235 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3236 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3237 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3239 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3241 ;;;***
3243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15854 23573))
3244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3246 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3247 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3248 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3249 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3250 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3252 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3253 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3255 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3256 `infodock'.")
3258 ;;;***
3260 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3261 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3262 ;;;;;; (15793 40968))
3263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3265 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3266 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3268 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3270 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3271 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3273 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3275 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3276 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3278 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3279 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3280 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3281 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3282 execution.
3284 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3286 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3288 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3289 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3291 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3292 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3293 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3294 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3296 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3297 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3298 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3299 `write' commands.
3301 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3302 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3303 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3304 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3306 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3307 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3308 semantics.
3310 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3312 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3314 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3316 STATEMENT :=
3317 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3318 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3320 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3321 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3322 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3323 | integer
3325 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3327 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3328 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3329 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3331 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3332 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3333 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3335 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3336 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3338 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3339 BREAK := (break)
3341 REPEAT :=
3342 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3343 (repeat)
3344 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3345 ;; (repeat))
3346 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3347 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3348 ;; (read REG)
3349 ;; (repeat))
3350 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3351 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3352 ;; (read REG)
3353 ;; (repeat))
3354 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3356 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3357 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3358 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3359 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3360 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3361 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3362 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3363 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3364 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3365 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3366 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3367 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3368 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3369 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3370 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3371 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3373 WRITE :=
3374 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3375 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3376 ;; representation.
3377 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3378 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3379 ;; (write r7))
3380 | (write EXPRESSION)
3381 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3382 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3383 ;; representation.
3384 | (write integer)
3385 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3386 ;; buffer.
3387 | (write string)
3388 ;; Same as: (write string)
3389 | string
3390 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3391 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3392 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3393 ;; representation.
3394 | (write REG ARRAY)
3395 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3396 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3397 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3398 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3399 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3400 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3402 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3403 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3405 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3406 END := (end)
3408 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3409 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3410 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3412 ARG := REG | integer
3414 OPERATOR :=
3415 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3416 + | - | * | / | %
3418 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3419 | & | `|' | ^
3421 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3422 | << | >>
3424 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3425 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3426 | <8
3428 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3429 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3430 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3431 | >8
3433 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3434 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3435 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3436 | //
3438 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3439 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3441 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3442 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3443 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3444 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3445 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3446 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3447 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3448 | de-sjis
3450 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3451 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3452 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3453 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3454 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3455 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3456 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3457 ;; byte of SJIS.
3458 | en-sjis
3460 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3461 ;; Same meaning as C code
3462 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3464 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3465 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3466 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3467 | <8=
3469 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3470 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3471 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3473 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3474 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3475 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3476 | //=
3478 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3481 TRANSLATE :=
3482 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3483 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3484 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3485 LOOKUP :=
3486 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3487 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3488 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3489 MAP :=
3490 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3491 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3492 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3493 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3494 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3495 MAP-ID := integer
3497 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3499 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3500 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3501 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3502 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3503 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3504 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3506 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3508 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3509 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3510 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3512 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3514 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3516 ;;;***
3518 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3519 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3520 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3521 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3522 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3523 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3524 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3525 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3526 ;;;;;; (15832 30939))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3529 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3531 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3532 the users will view as each check is completed.
3534 \(fn)" t nil)
3536 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3537 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3538 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3539 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3540 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3541 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3542 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3543 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3545 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3547 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3548 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3549 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3550 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3551 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3552 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3553 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3554 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3556 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3558 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3559 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3560 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3561 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3562 spacing are all verified.
3564 \(fn)" t nil)
3566 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3567 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3568 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3569 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3570 otherwise stop after the first error.
3572 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3574 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3575 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3576 Only documentation strings are checked.
3577 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3578 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3579 a separate buffer.
3581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3583 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3584 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3586 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3587 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3589 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3591 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3592 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3593 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3594 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3595 if there is one.
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3600 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3601 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3602 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3603 if there is one.
3604 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3606 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3608 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3609 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3610 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3612 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3614 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3615 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3616 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3617 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3618 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3620 \(fn)" t nil)
3622 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3623 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3624 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3625 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3626 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3627 space at the end of each line.
3629 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3631 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3632 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3633 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3634 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3636 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3638 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3640 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3641 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3643 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3645 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3646 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3647 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3648 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3650 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3652 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3653 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3654 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3655 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3657 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3659 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3660 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3661 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3662 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3664 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3667 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3668 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3669 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3671 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3673 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3674 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3675 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3676 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3678 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3680 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3681 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3682 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3683 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3685 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3687 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3688 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3689 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3690 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3692 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3695 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3696 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3698 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3699 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3700 checking of documentation strings.
3702 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3706 ;;;***
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3709 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3710 ;;;;;; 33361))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3713 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3714 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3715 Return the length of resulting text.
3717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3719 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3720 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3724 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3725 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3726 Return the length of resulting text.
3728 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3730 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3731 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 ;;;***
3737 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3738 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15861 19605))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3741 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3742 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3743 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3744 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3745 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3746 editing and the result is evaluated.
3748 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3750 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3751 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3752 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3753 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3754 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3756 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3758 \(fn)" t nil)
3760 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3761 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3762 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3763 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3764 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3766 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3767 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3768 \\{command-history-map}
3770 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3771 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3773 \(fn)" t nil)
3775 ;;;***
3777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 29592))
3778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3780 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3781 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3782 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3783 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3784 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3785 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3787 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3788 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3790 ;;;***
3792 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3793 ;;;;;; (15737 41111))
3794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3796 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3797 Not documented
3799 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3801 ;;;***
3803 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3804 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3807 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3808 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3809 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3810 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3812 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3813 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3814 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3816 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3817 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3819 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3821 ;;;***
3823 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3824 ;;;;;; 11979))
3825 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3827 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3828 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3829 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3830 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3831 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3832 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3835 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3836 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3838 ;;;***
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3841 ;;;;;; (15860 63927))
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3844 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3845 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3846 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3847 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3848 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3849 ?* is used.
3851 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3853 ;;;***
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3856 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3857 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15830 55341))
3858 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3860 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3861 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3862 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3863 ASCII table.
3865 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3866 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3867 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3868 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3870 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3872 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3873 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3874 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3876 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3878 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3879 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3880 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3882 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3884 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3885 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3886 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3888 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3890 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3891 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3893 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3894 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3895 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3897 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3898 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3900 \(fn)" nil nil)
3902 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3903 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3905 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3906 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3907 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3909 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3911 ;;;***
3913 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3914 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3915 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3916 ;;;;;; (15742 8586))
3917 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3919 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3920 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3921 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3922 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3923 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3924 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3925 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3926 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3928 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3930 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3932 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3933 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3934 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3935 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3936 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3937 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3938 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3939 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3941 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3943 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3945 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3946 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3947 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3948 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3949 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3950 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3952 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3954 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3955 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3956 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3958 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3960 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3962 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3963 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3964 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3966 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3968 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3970 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to current process.
3972 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3973 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3975 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3977 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3978 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3979 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3980 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3982 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3984 ;;;***
3986 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
3987 ;;;;;; 8345))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3990 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3991 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3992 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3993 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3995 This command pushes the mark in each window
3996 at the prior location of point in that window.
3997 If both windows display the same buffer,
3998 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3999 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4001 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4002 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4003 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4005 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4007 ;;;***
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4010 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4011 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4012 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15869 9799))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4015 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4016 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4018 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4019 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4021 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4022 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4023 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4024 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4025 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4027 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4028 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4029 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4030 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4031 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4033 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4034 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4035 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4036 describing how the process finished.")
4038 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4039 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4040 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4041 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4043 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4044 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4045 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4047 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4048 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4049 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4050 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4052 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4053 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4054 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4055 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4057 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4058 and move to the source code that caused it.
4060 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4061 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4063 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4064 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
4065 Then start the next one.
4067 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4068 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4069 to a function that generates a unique name.
4071 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4074 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4075 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4076 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4077 where grep found matches.
4079 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4080 easily repeat a grep command.
4082 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4083 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4084 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4085 if that history list is empty).
4087 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4090 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4091 Collect output in a buffer.
4092 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4093 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4095 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4096 easily repeat a find command.
4098 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4100 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4101 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4102 Collect output in a buffer.
4103 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4104 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4105 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4106 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4107 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4109 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4110 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4112 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4113 easily repeat a find command.
4115 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4116 those sub directories of DIR.
4118 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4121 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4122 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4123 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4124 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4126 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4128 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4130 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4131 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4132 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4133 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4134 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4135 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4136 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4140 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4141 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4142 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4143 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4144 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4145 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4149 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4150 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4152 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4153 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4155 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4156 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4157 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4158 and start at the first error.
4160 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4161 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4162 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4163 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4164 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4165 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4167 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4168 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4169 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4171 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4172 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4174 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4175 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4177 ;;;***
4179 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4180 ;;;;;; (15851 40734))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4183 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4184 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4185 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4187 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4189 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4191 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
4193 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4194 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4195 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4197 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4198 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4199 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4200 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4202 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4203 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4204 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4205 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4207 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4208 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4209 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4210 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4217 ;;;;;; (15706 63461))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4220 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4221 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4223 \(fn)" t nil)
4225 ;;;***
4227 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4228 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4229 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4230 ;;;;;; (15713 36500))
4231 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4233 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4234 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4235 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4236 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4237 `make-composition'.
4239 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4241 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4242 | | 1:tc or top-center
4243 | | 2:tr or top-right
4244 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4245 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4246 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4247 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4248 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4249 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4251 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4252 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4253 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4254 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4255 be added.
4257 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4258 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4259 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4261 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4262 | | |
4263 | global| |
4264 | glyph | |
4265 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4266 +----+--*--+
4267 | | new |
4268 | |glyph|
4269 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4272 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4273 Compose characters in the current region.
4275 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4276 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4278 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4280 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4281 specifying the region.
4283 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4284 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4285 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4287 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4288 of the text in the region.
4290 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4292 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4293 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4294 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4295 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4297 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4298 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4299 detail.
4301 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4302 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4303 text in the composition.
4305 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4307 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4308 Decompose text in the current region.
4310 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4311 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4313 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4315 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4316 Compose characters in string STRING.
4318 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4319 the characters in it.
4321 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4322 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4323 STRING respectively.
4325 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4326 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4327 `compose-region' for more detail.
4329 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4330 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4331 text in the composition.
4333 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4335 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4336 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4338 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4340 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4341 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4342 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4343 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4344 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4345 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4346 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4347 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4349 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4351 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4352 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4354 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4355 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4357 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4358 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4360 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4361 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4363 If no composition is found, return nil.
4365 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4366 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4368 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4369 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4370 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4372 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4374 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4376 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4377 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4378 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4380 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4382 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4384 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4386 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4387 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4389 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4390 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4391 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4392 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4393 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4394 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4395 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4396 nil.
4398 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4400 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4401 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4403 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4405 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4406 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4408 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4410 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4412 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4413 Compose last characters.
4414 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4415 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4416 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4417 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4418 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4419 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4420 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4421 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4422 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4423 after a sequence character events.
4425 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4426 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4428 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4429 Convert CHAR to string.
4431 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4432 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
4433 vector of CHAR respectively.
4435 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4437 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4439 ;;;***
4441 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4442 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4443 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4445 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4446 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4447 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4448 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4450 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4452 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4453 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4454 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4455 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4457 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4459 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4460 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4461 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4462 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4464 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4466 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4467 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4469 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4471 ;;;***
4473 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4474 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4477 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4478 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4479 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4480 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4481 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4482 following the copyright are updated as well.
4484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4486 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4487 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
4489 ;;;***
4491 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4492 ;;;;;; (15740 63662))
4493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4495 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4496 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4497 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4498 Tab indents for Perl code.
4499 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4500 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4502 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4503 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4504 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4505 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4506 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4507 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4508 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4509 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4510 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4511 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4512 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4513 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4515 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4517 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4518 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4520 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4522 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4523 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4524 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4525 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4526 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4527 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4528 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4529 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4530 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4532 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4534 bite if angry;
4536 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4537 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4538 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4539 to nil.)
4541 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4542 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4543 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4545 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4547 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4548 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4549 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4550 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4551 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4553 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4555 if (A) { B }
4557 into
4559 B if A;
4561 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4563 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4564 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4565 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4566 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4567 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4568 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4569 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4570 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4571 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4572 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4573 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4574 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4575 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4577 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4578 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4579 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4580 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4581 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4582 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4584 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4585 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4586 man via menu.
4588 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4589 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4590 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4591 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4592 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4594 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4595 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4596 span the needed amount of lines.
4598 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4599 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4600 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4601 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4603 Variables controlling indentation style:
4604 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4605 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4606 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4607 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4608 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4609 `cperl-auto-newline'
4610 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4611 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4612 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4613 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4614 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4615 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4616 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4617 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4618 `cperl-indent-level'
4619 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4620 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4621 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4622 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4623 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4624 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4625 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4626 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4627 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4628 `cperl-brace-offset'
4629 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4630 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4631 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4632 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4633 `cperl-label-offset'
4634 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4635 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4636 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4638 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4639 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4640 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4641 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4642 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4644 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4645 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4646 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4647 \(both available from menu).
4649 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4650 column 0 is indented on
4651 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4653 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4654 with no args.
4656 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4657 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4658 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4662 ;;;***
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4665 ;;;;;; (15593 17690))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4668 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4669 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4670 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4671 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4672 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4676 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4677 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4679 \(fn)" t nil)
4681 ;;;***
4683 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4684 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4687 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4688 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4689 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4690 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4693 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4695 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4697 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4699 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4700 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4701 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4705 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4707 ;;;***
4709 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4710 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4713 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4714 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4715 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4716 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4718 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4719 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4720 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4721 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4723 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4724 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4725 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4727 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4728 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4729 'bob', and 'eve'.
4731 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4732 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4733 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4735 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4737 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4738 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4739 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4741 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4743 ;;;***
4745 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4746 ;;;;;; (15776 44111))
4747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4749 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4750 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4751 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4752 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4753 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4754 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4755 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4756 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4759 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4761 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4763 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4765 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4766 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4767 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4768 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4769 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4770 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4774 ;;;***
4776 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4777 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4778 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4779 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4780 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4781 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4782 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize-mode
4783 ;;;;;; customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4784 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15858 24665))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4786 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4788 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4789 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4791 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4792 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4794 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4795 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4797 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4799 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4801 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4802 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4803 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4805 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4806 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4808 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4809 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4811 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4812 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4814 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4815 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4817 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4819 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4821 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4822 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4823 Return VALUE.
4825 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4826 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4828 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4829 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4831 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4832 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4834 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4835 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4837 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4839 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4841 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4842 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4843 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4844 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4845 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4847 \(fn)" t nil)
4849 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4850 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4851 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4852 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4854 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4856 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4857 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4859 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4861 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4862 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4864 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4866 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4868 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4869 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4871 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4873 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4874 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4875 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4876 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4877 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4879 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4880 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4881 version.
4883 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4885 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4887 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4888 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4889 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4891 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4893 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4895 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4897 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4898 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4900 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4902 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4903 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4905 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4906 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4908 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4910 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4911 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4913 \(fn)" t nil)
4915 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4916 Customize all already saved user options.
4918 \(fn)" t nil)
4920 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4921 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4922 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4923 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4924 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4925 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4926 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4928 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4930 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4931 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4932 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4934 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4936 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4937 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4939 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4941 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4942 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4944 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4946 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4947 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4948 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4949 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4950 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4951 that option.
4953 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4955 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4956 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4957 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4958 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4959 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4960 that option.
4962 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4964 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4965 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4967 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4969 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4970 File used for storing customization information.
4971 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4972 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4973 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4975 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4976 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4977 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4978 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4980 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4981 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4985 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4986 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
4988 \(fn)" nil nil)
4990 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4991 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4992 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
4994 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
4996 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4997 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4998 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4999 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5000 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5002 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5004 ;;;***
5006 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
5007 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15844 1299))
5008 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5010 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5011 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5013 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5015 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5016 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5017 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5019 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5021 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
5022 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5023 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5025 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5027 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5029 ;;;***
5031 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5032 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5035 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5036 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5038 ;;;***
5040 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5041 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5044 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5045 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5047 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5048 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5049 C++ modes are included.
5051 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5056 Turn on CWarn mode.
5058 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5059 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5061 \(fn)" nil nil)
5063 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5064 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5065 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5067 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5069 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5071 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
5073 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5074 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5075 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5076 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5077 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5081 ;;;***
5083 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5084 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5085 ;;;;;; (15679 10480))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5088 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5089 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5091 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5093 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5094 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5096 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5098 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5099 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5100 For readability, the table is slightly
5101 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5103 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5104 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5105 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5106 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5107 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5109 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5111 ;;;***
5113 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5114 ;;;;;; (15670 55281))
5115 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5117 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5119 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5121 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5122 Completion on current word.
5123 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5124 and presents suggestions for completion.
5126 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5127 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5128 completions.
5130 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5131 then it searches *all* buffers.
5133 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5134 if there is a suitable one already.
5136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5138 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5139 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5141 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5142 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5143 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5144 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5145 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5147 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5148 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5150 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5151 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5152 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5154 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5155 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5157 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5161 ;;;***
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15727
5164 ;;;;;; 20702))
5165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5167 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5168 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5170 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5171 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5172 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5174 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5175 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5176 Data lines are not indented.
5178 Key bindings:
5180 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5181 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5183 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5184 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5185 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5186 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5188 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5190 dcl-basic-offset
5191 Extra indentation within blocks.
5193 dcl-continuation-offset
5194 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5196 dcl-margin-offset
5197 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5199 dcl-margin-label-offset
5200 Indentation for a label.
5202 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5203 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5205 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5206 dcl-block-end-regexp
5207 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5208 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5209 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5210 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5211 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5213 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5214 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5215 Two such functions are included in the package:
5216 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5217 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5219 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5220 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5221 One such function is included in the package:
5222 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5224 dcl-tab-always-indent
5225 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5226 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5227 margin.
5229 dcl-electric-characters
5230 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5231 typed.
5233 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5234 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5235 which words trigger electric indentation.
5237 dcl-tempo-comma
5238 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5239 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5240 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5242 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5243 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5244 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5245 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5247 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5248 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5249 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5250 dcl-imenu-label-call
5251 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5253 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5254 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5255 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5256 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5259 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5261 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5262 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5263 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5264 $ i = 1
5265 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5266 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5267 $ label:
5268 $ if i.eq.1
5269 $ then
5270 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5271 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5272 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5273 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5274 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5275 \"lined up with the command line\"
5276 $ type sys$input
5277 Data lines are not indented at all.
5278 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5279 $ endif
5282 \(fn)" t nil)
5284 ;;;***
5286 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5287 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15684 41935))
5288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5290 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5292 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5293 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5294 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5295 of the evaluator.
5297 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5298 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5299 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5301 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5303 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5304 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5305 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5306 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5307 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5308 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5309 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5311 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5313 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5314 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5315 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5317 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5319 ;;;***
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5322 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5325 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5326 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5328 \(fn)" t nil)
5330 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5331 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5332 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5333 Upper-case letters are commands.
5335 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5336 modify it.
5338 The most useful commands are:
5339 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5340 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5341 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5342 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5343 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5344 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5346 \(fn)" t nil)
5348 ;;;***
5350 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5351 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5352 ;;;;;; 63268))
5353 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5355 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5356 Customization of `columns' group.
5358 \(fn)" t nil)
5360 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5361 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5363 START and END delimits the text region.
5365 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5367 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5368 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5370 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5374 ;;;***
5376 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
5377 ;;;;;; 9207))
5378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5380 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5381 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5382 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5383 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5384 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5385 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5387 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5389 Customization:
5391 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5392 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5393 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5394 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5395 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5396 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5397 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5398 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5399 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5400 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5401 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5402 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5403 blank line.
5404 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5405 Directories to search when finding external units.
5406 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5407 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5409 Coloring:
5411 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5412 Face used to color delphi comments.
5413 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5414 Face used to color delphi strings.
5415 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5416 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5417 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5418 Face used to color everything else.
5420 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5421 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5423 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5425 ;;;***
5427 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
5428 ;;;;;; 42199))
5429 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5431 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5433 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5434 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5435 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5437 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5439 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5441 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
5443 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5444 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5445 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5446 positive.
5448 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5449 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5450 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5451 any selection.
5453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5455 ;;;***
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5458 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15746 4145))
5459 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
5461 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5462 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5464 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5466 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5467 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5468 or nil if there is no parent.
5469 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5470 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5471 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5472 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5473 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5475 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5476 arguments are currently understood:
5477 :group GROUP
5478 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5479 :syntax-table TABLE
5480 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5481 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5482 :abbrev-table TABLE
5483 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5484 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5486 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5488 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5490 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5491 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5492 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5494 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5495 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5497 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5498 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5499 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5501 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5502 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5504 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5506 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5507 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5508 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5509 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5510 the first time the mode is used.
5512 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5514 ;;;***
5516 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5517 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15823 65468))
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5520 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5521 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5522 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5523 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5524 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5525 otherwise.
5527 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5529 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5530 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5531 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5532 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5533 character composition information (if relevant),
5534 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5536 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5538 ;;;***
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5541 ;;;;;; (15816 1960))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5544 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5545 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5546 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5548 \(fn)" t nil)
5550 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5551 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5552 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5553 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5555 \(fn)" nil nil)
5557 ;;;***
5559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
5560 ;;;;;; 43924))
5561 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5563 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5565 ;;;***
5567 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5568 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (15833 25330))
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5571 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5572 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5573 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5574 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5575 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5579 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5580 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5581 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5583 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5584 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5585 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5586 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5588 #!/bin/sh
5589 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5590 emacs -batch \\
5591 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5592 european-calendar-style t \\
5593 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5594 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5595 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5597 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5598 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5599 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5600 to run it every morning at 1am.
5602 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5604 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5605 Major mode for editing the diary file." t nil)
5607 ;;;***
5609 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5610 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5613 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5614 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5616 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5617 *The command to use to run diff.")
5619 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5620 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5621 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5622 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5623 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5624 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5626 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5628 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5629 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5630 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5631 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5632 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5634 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5636 ;;;***
5638 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5639 ;;;;;; (15752 27875))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5642 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5643 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5644 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5645 normal diffs.
5646 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5647 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5648 headers for you on-the-fly.
5650 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5651 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5652 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]." t nil)
5654 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5655 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5656 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5660 ;;;***
5662 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5663 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5664 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5665 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5666 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15837 7290))
5667 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5669 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5670 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5671 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5672 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5673 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5674 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5675 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5676 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5678 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5679 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5681 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5682 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5683 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5684 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5685 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5687 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5688 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5690 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5691 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5692 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5693 always set this variable to t.")
5695 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5696 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5697 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5698 A value of t means move to first file.")
5700 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5701 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5702 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5703 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5704 are afterward marked with that character.")
5706 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5707 *Controls marking of copied files.
5708 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5709 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5711 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5712 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5713 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5714 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5717 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5721 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5722 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5723 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5724 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5726 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5728 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5729 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5730 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5731 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5733 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5734 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5735 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5736 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5737 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5738 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5739 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5740 list of files to make directory entries for.
5741 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5742 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5743 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5744 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5746 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5748 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5749 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5751 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5752 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5754 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5755 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5757 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5758 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5760 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5762 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5763 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5765 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5766 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5768 ;;;***
5770 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5771 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5772 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5773 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5774 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5775 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5776 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5777 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5778 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5779 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5780 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5781 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5782 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15823 48667))
5783 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5785 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5786 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5787 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5788 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5789 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5790 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5791 which is options for `diff'.
5793 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5796 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5797 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5798 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5799 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5800 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5802 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5805 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5806 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5810 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5811 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5816 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5820 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5821 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5822 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5823 `lpr-switches' as default.
5825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5827 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5828 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5829 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5830 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5831 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5833 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5834 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5836 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5837 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5838 file name substituted for `?'.
5840 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5841 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5843 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5844 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5845 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5846 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5848 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5850 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5851 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5852 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5854 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5855 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5856 in a subdir.
5858 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5859 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
5861 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
5863 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5864 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5865 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5866 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5867 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5868 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
5870 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
5872 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
5873 Not documented
5875 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5877 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5878 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
5880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5883 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5887 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5888 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5892 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5893 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5894 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5895 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
5899 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
5900 Not documented
5902 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
5904 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
5905 Not documented
5907 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5909 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
5910 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
5912 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5914 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
5915 Not documented
5917 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
5919 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
5920 Not documented
5922 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
5924 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5925 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
5927 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
5929 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5930 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5931 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5932 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5933 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5934 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5935 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5936 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5937 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5941 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5942 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5943 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5944 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5945 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5946 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5947 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5948 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5952 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5953 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5954 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5955 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5956 and new hard links are made in that directory
5957 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5958 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5959 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5963 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5964 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5965 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5966 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5967 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
5968 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5969 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5973 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5974 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5976 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5977 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5978 file if none are marked.
5980 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5981 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5982 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5983 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5985 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5986 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
5988 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5990 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5991 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5992 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5994 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5996 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5997 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5998 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6000 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6002 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6003 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6004 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6006 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
6008 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6009 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6014 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6018 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6019 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6020 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6021 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6022 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6023 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6024 this subdirectory.
6025 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6027 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6029 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6030 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6031 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6032 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6033 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6034 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6035 this subdirectory.
6036 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6038 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6040 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6041 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6042 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6044 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6046 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6047 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6048 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6049 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6051 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6053 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6054 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6055 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6056 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6058 \(fn)" t nil)
6060 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6061 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6062 Lower levels are unaffected.
6064 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6066 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6067 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6069 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6071 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6072 Go down in the dired tree.
6074 \(fn)" t nil)
6076 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6077 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6078 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6079 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6081 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6083 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6084 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6085 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6086 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6091 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6092 Stops when a match is found.
6093 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6095 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6097 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6098 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6099 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6100 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6101 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6103 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6105 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6106 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6107 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6108 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6110 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6112 ;;;***
6114 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
6115 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6117 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6118 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6119 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6120 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6121 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6122 buffer and try again.
6124 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6126 ;;;***
6128 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
6129 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6131 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6132 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6133 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6135 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6137 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6138 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6140 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6141 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6143 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6145 ;;;***
6147 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
6148 ;;;;;; 9615))
6149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6151 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6152 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6153 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6154 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6155 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6156 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6158 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6160 ;;;***
6162 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6163 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6164 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6165 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6166 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6169 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6170 Return a new, empty display table.
6172 \(fn)" nil nil)
6174 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6175 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6176 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6177 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6178 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6180 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6182 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6183 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6184 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6185 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6186 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6188 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6190 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6191 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6193 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6195 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6196 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6198 \(fn)" t nil)
6200 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6201 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6203 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6205 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6206 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6208 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6210 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6211 Display character C using printable string S.
6213 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6215 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6216 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6217 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6218 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6220 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6222 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6223 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6224 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6225 X frame.
6227 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6229 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6230 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6232 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6234 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6235 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6237 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6239 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6240 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6242 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6243 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6244 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6245 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6247 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6248 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6249 European character display.
6251 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6252 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6253 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6254 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6256 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6257 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6258 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6259 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6260 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6262 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6264 ;;;***
6266 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6267 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6270 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6271 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6272 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6273 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6274 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6275 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6276 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6277 Default is 2.
6279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6281 ;;;***
6283 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15827 6743))
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6286 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6287 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6289 \(fn)" t nil)
6291 ;;;***
6293 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6294 ;;;;;; (15736 21861))
6295 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6297 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6298 Toggle Double mode.
6299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6300 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6302 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6304 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
6306 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6307 Toggle Double mode.
6308 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6310 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6311 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6313 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6315 ;;;***
6317 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15650 57368))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6320 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6321 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6323 \(fn)" t nil)
6325 ;;;***
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6328 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6331 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6332 Play sounds in message buffers.
6334 \(fn)" t nil)
6336 ;;;***
6338 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6339 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6340 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15866 29794))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6343 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6345 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6346 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6347 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6348 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6350 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6351 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6352 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6353 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6354 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6355 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6356 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6357 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6358 used (see below).
6360 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6361 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6362 Before the actual body code, you can write
6363 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6364 These following keyword arguments are supported:
6365 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6366 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6367 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6368 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6369 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6370 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6371 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6373 For example, you could write
6374 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6375 nil \"Foo \" foo-keymap
6376 :require 'foo :global t :group 'inconvenience
6377 ...BODY CODE...)
6379 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6381 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6382 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6383 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6384 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6385 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6386 :group to specify the custom group.
6388 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6390 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6391 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6392 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6393 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6394 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6395 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6396 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6398 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6400 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6401 Not documented
6403 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6405 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6406 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6407 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6409 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6414 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15753
6415 ;;;;;; 23736))
6416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6418 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6420 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6421 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6422 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
6423 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
6425 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6426 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6428 :filter FUNCTION
6430 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6431 menu displayed.
6433 :visible INCLUDE
6435 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6436 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6438 :active ENABLE
6440 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6441 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6443 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6445 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6447 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6449 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6450 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6452 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6453 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6455 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6457 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6459 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6461 :keys KEYS
6463 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6464 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6465 computed automatically.
6466 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6468 :key-sequence KEYS
6470 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6471 menu item.
6472 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6473 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6474 keyboard equivalent.
6476 :active ENABLE
6478 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6479 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6481 :included INCLUDE
6483 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6484 expression has a non-nil value.
6486 :suffix FORM
6488 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6489 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6491 :style STYLE
6493 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6494 defined:
6496 toggle: A checkbox.
6497 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6498 radio: A radio button.
6499 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6500 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6501 menu bar itself.
6502 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6504 :selected SELECTED
6506 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6507 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6509 :help HELP
6511 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6513 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6514 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6515 as a solid horizontal line.
6517 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6519 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6521 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6522 Not documented
6524 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6526 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6527 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6528 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6529 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6531 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6533 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6534 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6535 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6536 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6537 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6538 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6540 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6541 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6542 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6544 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6545 to implement dynamic menus.
6547 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6549 ;;;***
6551 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6552 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6553 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6554 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6555 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6558 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6559 Customization for ebnf group.
6561 \(fn)" t nil)
6563 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6564 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6566 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6567 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6568 it to the printer.
6570 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6571 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6572 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6573 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6575 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6577 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6578 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
6579 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6581 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6583 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6584 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6585 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6586 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6588 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6590 \(fn)" t nil)
6592 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6593 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6594 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6596 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6600 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6601 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6603 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6604 The EPS file name has the following form:
6606 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6608 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6609 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6611 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6612 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6613 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6614 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6616 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6620 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6621 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6623 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6624 The EPS file name has the following form:
6626 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6628 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6629 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6631 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6632 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6633 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6634 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6636 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6640 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6642 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6643 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer.
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6647 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6648 Does a syntatic analysis of a region.
6650 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6652 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6653 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6655 \(fn)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6658 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6660 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6663 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6665 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6667 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6668 Set STYLE to current style.
6670 It returns the old style symbol.
6672 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6674 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6675 Reset current style.
6677 It returns the old style symbol.
6679 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6681 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6682 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6684 It returns the old style symbol.
6686 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6688 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6689 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6691 It returns the old style symbol.
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 ;;;***
6697 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6698 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6699 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6700 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6701 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6702 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15793 40969))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6705 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6706 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6707 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6708 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6709 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6710 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6712 Tree mode key bindings:
6713 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6717 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6718 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6723 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6724 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6725 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6726 completion.
6728 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6730 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6731 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6732 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6733 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6735 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6737 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6738 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6739 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6743 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6744 Search for call sites of a member.
6745 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6746 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6747 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6748 looks like a function call to the member.
6750 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6752 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6753 Move backward in the position stack.
6754 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6758 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6759 Move forward in the position stack.
6760 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6762 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6764 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6765 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6767 \(fn)" t nil)
6769 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6770 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6772 \(fn)" t nil)
6774 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6775 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6776 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6777 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6779 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6781 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6782 Display statistics for a class tree.
6784 \(fn)" t nil)
6786 ;;;***
6788 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6789 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6792 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6793 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6794 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6795 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6797 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6798 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6799 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6801 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6802 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6803 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6805 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6807 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
6809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6811 ;;;***
6813 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6814 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6817 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6818 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6819 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6821 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6823 ;;;***
6825 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
6826 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15764 55593))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
6829 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
6830 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
6831 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
6832 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
6833 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
6835 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
6836 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
6837 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
6838 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
6840 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
6841 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
6842 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
6843 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
6845 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
6846 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
6847 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
6848 \(naming a function), or a list.
6850 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
6852 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
6854 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
6855 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
6856 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
6857 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
6858 using `eval-expression' (which see).
6860 If you do this on a function definition
6861 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
6862 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
6863 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
6864 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
6866 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
6867 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
6868 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
6869 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
6870 already is one.)
6872 \(fn)" t nil)
6874 ;;;***
6876 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
6877 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
6878 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
6879 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
6880 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
6881 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
6882 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
6883 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
6884 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
6885 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15832 11554))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
6888 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6889 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
6891 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6893 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6894 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
6896 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6898 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6900 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6902 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6903 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6904 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6905 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
6907 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6910 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
6912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6914 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6916 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6917 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
6919 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6921 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6923 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6924 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6925 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6926 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6928 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
6930 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6932 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6933 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6934 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6935 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6937 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
6939 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6941 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6942 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6943 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
6944 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6946 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
6948 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6950 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6951 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6952 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6953 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6955 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6957 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6959 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6960 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6961 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6962 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6963 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
6964 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6966 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6968 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6969 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6970 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6971 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6973 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6975 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6977 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6978 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6979 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6980 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6982 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6984 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6986 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6988 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6989 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6990 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6991 follows:
6992 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6993 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6995 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6997 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6998 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6999 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7000 follows:
7001 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7002 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7004 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7006 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7007 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7008 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7009 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7010 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7011 region.
7012 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7013 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7015 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7017 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7018 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7019 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7020 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7021 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7022 region.
7023 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7024 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7025 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7027 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7029 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7031 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7032 Merge two files without ancestor.
7034 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7036 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7037 Merge two files with ancestor.
7039 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7041 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7043 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7044 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7046 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7048 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7049 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7051 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7053 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7054 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7055 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7056 buffer.
7058 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7060 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7061 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7062 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7063 buffer.
7065 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7067 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7068 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7069 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7070 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7072 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7074 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7075 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7076 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7077 and don't ask the user.
7078 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7079 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7081 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7083 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7084 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7085 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7086 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7087 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7088 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7090 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7092 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7094 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7096 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7097 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7098 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7099 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7100 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7102 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7104 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7106 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7107 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7108 When called interactively, displays the version.
7110 \(fn)" t nil)
7112 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7113 Display Ediff's manual.
7114 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7116 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7118 ;;;***
7120 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7121 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
7122 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7124 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7125 Not documented
7127 \(fn)" t nil)
7129 ;;;***
7131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15753 8718))
7132 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7134 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7135 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7137 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7139 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7141 ;;;***
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7144 ;;;;;; (15832 11554))
7145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7147 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7148 Display Ediff's registry.
7150 \(fn)" t nil)
7152 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7154 ;;;***
7156 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7157 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15783 52151))
7158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7160 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7161 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7162 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7163 which see.
7165 \(fn)" t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7168 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7169 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7170 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7172 \(fn)" t nil)
7174 ;;;***
7176 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7177 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7178 ;;;;;; (15743 41210))
7179 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7181 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7182 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7183 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7185 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7186 Edit a keyboard macro.
7187 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7188 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7189 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7190 its command name.
7191 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7193 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7196 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7198 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7200 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7201 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7203 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7206 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7207 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7208 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7209 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7210 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7212 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7213 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7214 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7215 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7217 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7219 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7220 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7221 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7222 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7223 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7224 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7226 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7228 ;;;***
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7231 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15824 23781))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7234 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7235 Set scroll margins.
7236 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7237 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7239 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7242 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7244 \(fn)" t nil)
7246 ;;;***
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7249 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7252 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7253 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7254 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7255 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7256 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7257 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7258 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7259 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7261 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7262 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7264 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7265 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7266 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7267 this value is non-nil.
7269 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7270 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7271 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7273 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7274 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7275 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7277 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7279 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7280 Not documented
7282 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7284 ;;;***
7286 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7287 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15834 59138))
7288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7290 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7291 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7293 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7294 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7295 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7297 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7298 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7299 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7300 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7301 from the documentation string if possible.
7303 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7304 instead.
7306 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7310 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7311 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7313 \(fn)" t nil)
7315 ;;;***
7317 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15819
7318 ;;;;;; 7069))
7319 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7321 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7322 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7324 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7325 an elided material again.
7327 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7331 ;;;***
7333 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7334 ;;;;;; (15793 40966))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7337 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7338 Initialize elint.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 ;;;***
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7345 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7346 ;;;;;; 37958))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7349 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7350 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7351 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7353 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7355 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7356 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7357 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7359 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7362 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7363 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7365 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7367 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7369 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7370 Display current profiling results.
7371 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7372 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7373 displayed.
7375 \(fn)" t nil)
7377 ;;;***
7379 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7380 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7383 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7384 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7385 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7387 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7389 ;;;***
7391 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7392 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7393 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7394 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7395 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7398 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7400 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7402 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7404 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7406 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7408 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7410 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7412 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7414 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7416 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7417 Run Emerge on two files.
7419 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7421 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7422 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7424 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7426 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7427 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7429 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7432 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7434 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7436 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7437 Not documented
7439 \(fn)" nil nil)
7441 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7442 Not documented
7444 \(fn)" nil nil)
7446 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7447 Not documented
7449 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7451 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7452 Not documented
7454 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7456 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7457 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7459 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7462 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7464 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7466 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7467 Not documented
7469 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7471 ;;;***
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7474 ;;;;;; (15781 78))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7477 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7478 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7479 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7481 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7483 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7485 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
7487 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7488 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7489 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7491 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7492 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7493 automatically.
7495 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7496 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7497 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7501 ;;;***
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7504 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
7507 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7508 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7509 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7510 text/enriched format.
7511 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7513 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7514 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7516 Commands:
7518 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7522 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7523 Not documented
7525 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7527 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7528 Not documented
7530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7532 ;;;***
7534 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15861
7535 ;;;;;; 19590))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7538 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7539 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7541 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7543 \(fn)" nil nil)
7545 ;;;***
7547 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15861
7548 ;;;;;; 19590))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7551 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7552 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7556 ;;;***
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7559 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15681 46036))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7562 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7563 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7564 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7565 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7566 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7567 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7568 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7569 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7570 buffer selected (or created).
7572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7574 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7575 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7576 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7578 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7580 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7581 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7582 The result might be any Lisp object.
7583 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7584 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7585 corresponding to a successful execution.
7587 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7589 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7590 Report a bug in Eshell.
7591 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7592 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7594 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7596 ;;;***
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7599 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7600 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7601 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7602 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7603 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7604 ;;;;;; (15827 57894))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7607 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7608 *File name of tags table.
7609 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7610 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7611 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7612 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7614 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7615 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7616 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7617 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7619 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7620 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7621 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7622 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7623 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7624 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7626 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7627 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7628 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7629 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7630 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7631 `auto-compression-mode').")
7633 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7634 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7635 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7636 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7637 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7639 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7640 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7641 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7642 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7644 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7645 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7646 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7647 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7648 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7650 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7651 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7652 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7653 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7655 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7656 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7657 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7658 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7659 file the tag was in.
7661 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7663 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7664 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7665 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7666 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7667 without directory names.
7669 \(fn)" nil nil)
7671 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7672 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7673 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7674 but does not select the buffer.
7675 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7677 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7678 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7679 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7680 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7681 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7683 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7685 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7686 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7687 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7689 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7691 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7693 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7694 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7695 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7696 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7698 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7699 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7700 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7701 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7702 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7704 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7706 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7707 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7708 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7710 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7712 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7713 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7715 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7716 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7717 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7718 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7719 around or before point.
7721 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7722 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7723 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7724 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7725 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7727 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7729 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7730 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7731 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7733 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7735 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7736 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7738 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7739 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7740 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7741 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7742 around or before point.
7744 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7745 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7746 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7747 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7748 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7750 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7752 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7753 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7754 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7756 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7758 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7759 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7761 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7762 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7763 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7765 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7766 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7767 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7768 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7769 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7771 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7773 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7774 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7775 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7777 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7779 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7780 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7781 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7783 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7784 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
7786 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
7787 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7788 where they were found.
7790 \(fn)" t nil)
7792 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7793 Select next file among files in current tags table.
7795 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7796 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7797 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7799 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7800 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7802 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7803 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7805 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7807 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7808 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
7809 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
7810 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
7812 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
7813 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
7814 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
7815 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
7816 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
7818 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
7819 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
7821 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
7822 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
7823 Stops when a match is found.
7824 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7826 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7828 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
7830 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
7831 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
7832 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7833 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7834 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7836 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7838 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
7840 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
7841 Display list of tags in file FILE.
7842 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
7843 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
7844 directory specification.
7846 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
7848 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
7849 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
7851 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7853 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
7854 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
7855 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
7856 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7860 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
7861 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
7862 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
7863 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
7864 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
7866 \(fn)" t nil)
7868 ;;;***
7870 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
7871 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
7872 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
7873 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
7874 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
7875 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
7876 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
7877 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15706 63953))
7878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
7880 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
7881 Not documented
7883 \(fn)" nil nil)
7885 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
7886 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
7887 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
7888 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7890 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
7891 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7892 language.
7894 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
7895 even if the buffer is read-only.
7897 See also the descriptions of the variables
7898 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7899 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7901 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7903 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7904 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
7906 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7907 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7909 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
7910 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7911 language.
7913 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
7914 buffer is read-only.
7916 See also the descriptions of the variables
7917 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7918 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7920 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7922 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7923 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
7924 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7928 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7929 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
7931 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
7932 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
7934 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
7935 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
7937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7939 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7940 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
7941 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
7942 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
7944 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
7946 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
7947 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
7948 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7949 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7951 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
7952 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
7953 the primary language.
7955 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
7956 buffer is read-only.
7958 See also the descriptions of the variables
7959 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7960 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7962 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7964 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7965 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
7966 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7967 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7969 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
7970 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
7971 primary language.
7973 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
7974 buffer is read-only.
7976 See also the descriptions of the variables
7977 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7978 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7980 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7982 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7983 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
7984 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7988 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7989 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
7991 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
7992 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
7993 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
7994 3) convert the body into SERA.
7996 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8001 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8002 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8004 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8006 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8007 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8009 \(fn)" t nil)
8011 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8012 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8014 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8015 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8016 be 1, 2, or 3.
8018 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8019 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8020 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8022 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8024 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8026 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8027 Allow the user to input special characters.
8029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8031 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8032 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8033 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8035 \(fn)" t nil)
8037 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8038 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8040 \(fn)" t nil)
8042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8043 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8045 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8046 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8048 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8049 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8051 \(fn)" nil nil)
8053 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8054 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8056 \(fn)" nil nil)
8058 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8059 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8061 \(fn)" nil nil)
8063 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8064 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8066 \(fn)" nil nil)
8068 ;;;***
8070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8071 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8072 ;;;;;; (15793 40969))
8073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8075 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8076 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8077 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8078 server for future sessions.
8080 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8082 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8083 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8085 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8088 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8090 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8092 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8093 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8094 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8095 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8096 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8097 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8098 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8099 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8100 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8101 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8102 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8103 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8105 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8107 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8108 Display a form to query the directory server.
8109 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8110 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8112 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8115 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8116 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8118 \(fn)" t nil)
8120 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8122 ;;;***
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8125 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8126 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8129 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8130 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8132 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8134 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8135 Display URL and make it clickable.
8137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8139 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8140 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8142 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8144 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8145 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8147 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8149 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8150 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8152 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8154 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8155 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8157 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8162 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8165 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8166 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8167 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8169 \(fn)" t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8172 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8176 ;;;***
8178 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8179 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8182 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8183 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8185 \(fn)" t nil)
8187 ;;;***
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8190 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8191 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8194 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8195 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8196 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8198 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8200 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8201 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8202 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8203 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8204 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8205 executable.
8207 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8209 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8210 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8211 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8215 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8216 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8217 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8218 file modes.
8220 \(fn)" nil nil)
8222 ;;;***
8224 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8225 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8228 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8229 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8230 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8231 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8233 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8235 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8236 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8237 to generate such functions.
8239 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8240 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8241 beginning of the expanded text.
8243 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8244 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8245 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8246 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8248 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8250 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8252 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8253 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8254 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8256 \(fn)" t nil)
8258 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8259 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8262 \(fn)" t nil)
8263 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8264 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8266 ;;;***
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15729 25951))
8269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8271 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8272 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8274 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8275 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8276 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8278 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8280 Key definitions:
8281 \\{f90-mode-map}
8283 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8285 `f90-do-indent'
8286 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8287 `f90-if-indent'
8288 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8289 `f90-type-indent'
8290 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8291 `f90-program-indent'
8292 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8293 (default 2).
8294 `f90-continuation-indent'
8295 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8296 `f90-comment-region'
8297 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8298 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8299 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8300 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8301 (default \"!\").
8302 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8303 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8304 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8305 `f90-break-delimiters'
8306 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8307 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8308 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8309 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8310 (default t).
8311 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8312 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8313 `f90-smart-end'
8314 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8315 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8316 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8317 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8318 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8319 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8320 `f90-leave-line-no'
8321 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8322 `f90-keywords-re'
8323 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8325 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8326 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8333 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8334 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8335 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8336 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15656 59685))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8338 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8339 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8341 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8342 Menu keymap for faces.")
8344 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8346 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8347 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8349 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8351 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8352 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8354 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8356 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8357 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8359 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8361 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8362 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8364 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8366 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8367 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8369 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8371 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8372 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8374 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8376 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8378 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8380 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8382 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8383 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8384 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8385 will not show through at all will be removed.
8387 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8389 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8390 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8391 requested face.
8393 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8394 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8395 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8397 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8400 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8401 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8403 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8404 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8405 requested face.
8407 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8408 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8409 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8411 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8414 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8415 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8417 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8418 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8419 requested face.
8421 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8422 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8423 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8425 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8427 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8428 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8429 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8430 is the menu item's name.
8432 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8433 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8434 requested face.
8436 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8437 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8438 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8440 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8442 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8443 Make the region invisible.
8444 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8445 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8449 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8450 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8451 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8452 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8456 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8457 Make the region unmodifiable.
8458 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8459 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8463 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8464 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8468 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8469 Remove all text properties from the region.
8471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8473 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8474 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8475 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8480 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8482 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8484 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8485 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8486 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8487 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8488 of colors that the current display can handle.
8490 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8492 ;;;***
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8495 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
8496 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8498 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8499 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8500 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8501 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8503 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8505 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8506 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8507 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8509 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8510 - When you save the file's buffer.
8511 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8512 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8513 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8514 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8516 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8518 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8519 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8520 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8521 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8525 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8526 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8528 \(fn)" nil nil)
8530 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8532 ;;;***
8534 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8535 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8536 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 11581))
8537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8539 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8540 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8541 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8542 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8544 \(fn)" nil nil)
8546 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8547 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8552 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8553 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8554 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8558 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8559 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8560 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8561 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8562 backup file names and the like).
8564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8566 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8567 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8568 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8569 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8570 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8571 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8572 internally by feedmail):
8574 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8575 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8576 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8577 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8579 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8580 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8581 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8582 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8583 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8585 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8587 ;;;***
8589 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8590 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15832 30039))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8593 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8594 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8595 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8596 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8597 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8598 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8599 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8601 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8603 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8604 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8605 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8606 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8607 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8608 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8609 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8611 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8613 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8617 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8618 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8619 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8620 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8621 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8622 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8624 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8626 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8627 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8628 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8629 Return value:
8630 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8631 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8632 * otherwise, nil
8634 \(fn E)" t nil)
8636 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8637 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8639 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8641 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8642 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8649 ;;;;;; (15567 448))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8652 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8653 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8654 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8655 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8656 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8657 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8658 \(directories) is done.
8660 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8661 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8662 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8663 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8665 ;;;***
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8668 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15837 7290))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8671 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8672 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8673 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8674 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8675 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8677 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8678 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8679 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8680 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8682 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8683 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8684 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8686 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8688 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8689 as the final argument.
8691 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8693 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8694 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8695 and run dired on those files.
8696 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8697 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8699 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8701 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8703 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8704 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8705 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8707 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8709 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8711 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8713 ;;;***
8715 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8716 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8717 ;;;;;; (15806 54403))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8720 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8721 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8722 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8724 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8726 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8728 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8730 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8731 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8732 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8734 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8735 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8737 Variables of interest include:
8739 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8740 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8741 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8743 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8744 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8745 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8747 - `ff-ignore-include'
8748 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8750 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8751 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8753 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8754 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8756 - `ff-special-constructs'
8757 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8758 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8759 extracting the filename from that construct.
8761 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8762 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8764 - `ff-search-directories'
8765 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8766 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8768 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8769 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8771 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8772 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8774 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8775 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8777 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8778 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8780 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8781 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8783 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8785 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8786 Visit the file you click on.
8788 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8790 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8791 Visit the file you click on in another window.
8793 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8798 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8799 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8800 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8801 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8802 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15762 1885))
8803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8805 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
8806 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
8808 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
8810 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
8811 Search for SYMBOL.
8812 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
8813 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
8815 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
8818 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
8820 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
8821 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8822 not selected.
8824 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
8825 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
8826 in `load-path'.
8828 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
8830 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
8831 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
8833 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
8834 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
8835 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8836 it is one of the current buffers.
8838 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
8839 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8840 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8842 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8844 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
8845 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8847 See `find-function' for more details.
8849 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8852 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8854 See `find-function' for more details.
8856 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8858 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
8859 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
8861 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
8862 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8863 not selected.
8865 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
8866 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8868 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
8870 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
8871 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
8873 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
8874 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
8875 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8876 it is one of the current buffers.
8878 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
8879 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8880 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8882 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8884 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
8885 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8887 See `find-variable' for more details.
8889 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8892 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8894 See `find-variable' for more details.
8896 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8898 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
8899 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
8900 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
8902 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
8904 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
8905 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8907 \(fn)" t nil)
8909 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
8910 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8912 \(fn)" t nil)
8914 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
8915 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
8917 \(fn)" nil nil)
8919 ;;;***
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
8922 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
8925 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
8926 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
8928 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8930 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
8931 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
8933 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
8935 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
8936 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
8938 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
8943 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15855 62628))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
8946 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
8947 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
8949 \(fn)" t nil)
8951 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
8952 Display FILE's commentary section.
8953 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
8955 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8957 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
8958 Find packages matching a given keyword.
8960 \(fn)" t nil)
8962 ;;;***
8964 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
8965 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
8968 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
8969 Toggle flow control handling.
8970 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
8971 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
8973 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
8975 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
8976 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
8977 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
8978 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
8979 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
8980 to get the effect of a C-q.
8982 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
8984 ;;;***
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
8987 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
8988 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
8991 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
8992 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
8993 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
8995 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
8996 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
8998 \(fn)" t nil)
9000 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9002 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9004 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9005 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9006 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9007 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9008 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9009 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9011 Bindings:
9012 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9013 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9014 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9016 Hooks:
9017 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9019 Remark:
9020 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9021 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9022 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9024 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9025 consider adding:
9026 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9027 in your .emacs file.
9029 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9030 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9034 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9036 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9037 The flyspell version
9039 \(fn)" t nil)
9041 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9042 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9044 \(fn)" nil nil)
9046 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9047 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9049 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9051 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9052 Flyspell whole buffer.
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9059 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (15832 30039))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9063 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9064 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9066 \(fn)" t nil)
9068 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9069 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9071 \(fn)" t nil)
9073 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9074 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9076 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9077 of two major techniques:
9079 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9080 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9081 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9083 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9084 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9085 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9086 movement commands.
9088 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9089 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9090 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9091 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9092 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9093 mileage may vary).
9095 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9096 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9098 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9100 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9101 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9102 \(This is the default.)
9104 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9105 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9107 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9108 \\{follow-mode-map}
9110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9112 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9113 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9115 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9116 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9117 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9118 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9119 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9120 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9122 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9123 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9124 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9126 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9127 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9128 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9132 ;;;***
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9135 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15851
9136 ;;;;;; 40734))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9139 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9140 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9141 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9142 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9143 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9144 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9145 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9146 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9147 end of the current highlighting list.
9149 For example:
9151 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9152 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9153 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9155 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9156 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9158 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9159 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9160 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9162 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9163 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9164 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9166 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9168 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9169 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9171 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9172 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9174 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9175 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9176 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9178 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9180 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9181 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9183 \(fn)" t nil)
9185 ;;;***
9187 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
9188 ;;;;;; (15767 61949))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
9191 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
9192 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
9193 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
9194 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
9195 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
9197 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
9198 compatibility.
9200 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
9201 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
9203 It returns a name of the created fontset.
9205 \(fn FONTSET-SPEC &optional STYLE-VARIANT NOERROR)" nil nil)
9207 ;;;***
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
9210 ;;;;;; 11333))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9213 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9214 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9215 \\<message-mode-map>
9216 key binding
9217 --- -------
9219 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9220 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9221 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9222 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9223 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9224 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9228 ;;;***
9230 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9231 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 2849))
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9234 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9235 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9237 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9238 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9239 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9240 C-c < forms-first-record <
9241 C-c > forms-last-record >
9242 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9243 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9244 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9245 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9246 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9247 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9248 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9249 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9250 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9251 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9253 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9255 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9256 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9258 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9260 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9261 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9263 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9265 ;;;***
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9268 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15866 25919))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9271 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9272 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9273 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9274 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9275 with a character in column 6.")
9277 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9278 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
9279 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9280 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9282 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
9283 Fortran keywords.
9285 Key definitions:
9286 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9288 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9290 `comment-start'
9291 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
9292 set this to the string \"!\".
9293 `fortran-do-indent'
9294 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
9295 `fortran-if-indent'
9296 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
9297 `fortran-structure-indent'
9298 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
9299 (default 3)
9300 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9301 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
9302 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9303 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
9304 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9305 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
9306 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
9307 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
9308 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9309 (for TAB format continuation style).
9310 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9311 indentation for a line of code.
9312 (default 'fixed)
9313 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9314 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9315 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
9316 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9317 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
9318 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9319 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
9320 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9321 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
9322 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9323 column 5. (default 1)
9324 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9325 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9326 statements. (default nil)
9327 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9328 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
9329 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
9330 statement. (default nil)
9331 `fortran-continuation-string'
9332 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9333 line. (default \"$\")
9334 `fortran-comment-region'
9335 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9336 region. (default \"c$$$\")
9337 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9338 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9339 as typed. (default t)
9340 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9341 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
9342 (default t)
9344 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9345 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9347 \(fn)" t nil)
9349 ;;;***
9351 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9352 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15827 6743))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9355 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9356 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9358 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9359 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9361 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9364 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9366 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9367 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9369 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9372 Compile fortune file.
9374 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9375 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9377 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9379 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9380 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9382 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9383 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9384 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9385 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9387 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9389 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9390 Display a fortune cookie.
9392 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9393 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9394 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9395 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9397 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9399 ;;;***
9401 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
9402 ;;;;;; (15843 64036))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9405 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9406 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9407 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9408 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9409 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9410 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9411 specified, the user is queried.
9412 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9413 future.
9414 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9415 see `set-fringe-style'.
9417 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9419 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9420 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9421 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9422 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9423 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9424 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9425 specified, the user is queried.
9426 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9428 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9430 ;;;***
9432 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (15866 25921))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9435 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9436 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9437 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9438 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9440 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9441 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9442 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9444 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9445 GDB Toolbar
9446 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9447 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9451 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9452 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9453 | (comint-mode)
9460 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9461 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9462 \[mouse-2] gdb-frames-mouse-select | SPC gdb-toggle-bp-this-line
9463 | g gdb-goto-bp-this-line
9464 | d gdb-delete-bp-this-line
9465 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9467 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9468 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9469 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9470 in the GUD buffer.
9472 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9473 screen.
9475 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9476 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9477 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9479 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9481 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9482 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9483 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9484 reset variables.
9486 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9488 ;;;***
9490 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9491 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9494 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9495 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9497 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9498 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9500 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9501 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9502 function.
9504 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9505 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9506 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9507 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9508 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9509 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9511 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9512 Each keyword should be a string.
9514 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9515 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9517 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9518 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9519 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9521 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9523 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9525 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9527 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9528 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9529 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9530 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9532 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9533 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9535 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9537 ;;;***
9539 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9540 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9543 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9544 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9545 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9546 at places they belong to.
9548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9550 ;;;***
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9553 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15847 42307))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9556 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9557 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9561 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9562 Read network news.
9563 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9564 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9565 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9566 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9567 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9569 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9571 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9572 Read news as a slave.
9574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9576 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9577 Pop up a frame to read news.
9579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9581 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9582 Read network news.
9583 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9584 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9585 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9587 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9589 ;;;***
9591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9592 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9593 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9596 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9597 Start Gnus unplugged.
9599 \(fn)" t nil)
9601 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9602 Start Gnus plugged.
9604 \(fn)" t nil)
9606 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9607 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9608 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9609 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9611 \(gnus-agentize)
9613 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9614 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9615 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9617 \(fn)" t nil)
9619 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9620 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9624 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9625 Not documented
9627 \(fn)" t nil)
9629 ;;;***
9631 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9632 ;;;;;; (15847 42307))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9635 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9636 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9638 \(fn)" nil nil)
9640 ;;;***
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9643 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9646 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9647 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9649 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9651 ;;;***
9653 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9654 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
9655 ;;;;;; 14811))
9656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9658 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9659 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9661 Usage:
9662 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9666 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9667 Generate the cache active file.
9669 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9671 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9672 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9674 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9676 ;;;***
9678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9679 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15847 42307))
9680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9682 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9683 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9684 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9686 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9688 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9689 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9691 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9693 ;;;***
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9699 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9701 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9702 Run batched scoring.
9703 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9705 \(fn)" t nil)
9707 ;;;***
9709 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9710 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
9711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9713 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9714 Not documented
9716 \(fn)" nil nil)
9718 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9719 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9721 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9725 ;;;***
9727 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9728 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9729 ;;;;;; (15847 42307))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9732 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9733 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9734 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9735 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9736 group parameters.
9738 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9739 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9740 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9741 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9743 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9744 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9745 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9746 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9747 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9748 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9749 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9750 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9751 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9752 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9754 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9756 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9757 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9758 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9760 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9761 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9763 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9766 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9767 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9769 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9774 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9775 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9777 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9779 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9780 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9781 existing groups are considered.
9783 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9784 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9785 returned.
9787 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9788 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9789 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9790 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9791 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9792 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9793 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9794 clauses will be generated.
9796 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9797 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9798 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9799 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9800 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9801 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
9803 For example, given the following group parameters:
9805 nnml:mail.bar:
9806 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
9807 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
9808 nnml:mail.foo:
9809 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
9810 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
9811 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
9812 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
9813 nnml:mail.others:
9814 \((split-spec . catch-all))
9816 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
9818 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
9819 \"mail.bar\")
9820 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
9821 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
9822 \"mail.others\")
9824 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
9826 ;;;***
9828 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
9829 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
9830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
9832 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
9833 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
9834 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
9836 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
9838 ;;;***
9840 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15847
9841 ;;;;;; 42307))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
9844 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
9845 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9846 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
9847 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
9849 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
9851 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
9853 ;;;***
9855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
9856 ;;;;;; (15847 42307))
9857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
9859 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
9860 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
9861 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
9862 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
9863 part is ignored.
9865 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
9866 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
9867 rather than using this function.
9869 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
9871 ;;;***
9873 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
9874 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
9877 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
9878 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
9879 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
9880 for matching on group names.
9882 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
9883 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
9885 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
9887 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9891 ;;;***
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
9894 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
9897 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
9898 Update the format specification near point.
9900 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
9902 ;;;***
9904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
9905 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
9908 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
9909 Unload all Gnus features.
9910 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
9911 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
9912 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
9914 \(fn)" t nil)
9916 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
9917 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
9919 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
9921 ;;;***
9923 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
9924 ;;;;;; (15847 42307))
9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
9927 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
9928 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
9930 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
9932 ;;;***
9934 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15750 12573))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
9937 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
9938 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
9940 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
9941 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
9942 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
9944 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
9945 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
9946 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
9948 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
9949 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
9951 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
9952 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
9954 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
9956 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
9958 ;;;***
9960 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
9961 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15806 54404))
9962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
9964 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
9965 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
9966 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
9967 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9968 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
9970 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9972 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
9973 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
9974 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
9975 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9976 there, then load the URL at or before point.
9978 \(fn)" t nil)
9980 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
9981 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
9982 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
9983 or to send e-mail.
9984 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
9986 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
9987 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
9989 \(fn)" t nil)
9991 ;;;***
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
9994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
9996 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
9997 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
9998 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
9999 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10000 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10002 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10004 ;;;***
10006 ;;;### (autoloads (bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
10007 ;;;;;; (15862 28067))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
10010 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10011 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10012 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10013 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10015 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10017 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10018 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10019 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10020 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10022 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10025 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10026 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10027 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10029 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10032 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10033 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10034 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10036 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10037 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10041 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10042 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10043 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10044 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10046 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10048 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10049 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10050 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10051 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10053 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10055 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10056 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10057 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10058 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10059 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10061 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10062 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10063 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10064 original source file access method.
10066 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10067 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10069 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10071 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10072 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10073 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10074 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10076 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10077 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
10082 ;;;;;; 40646))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10085 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10086 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10087 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10088 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10090 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10091 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10092 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10093 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10097 ;;;***
10099 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10100 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
10101 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10103 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10104 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10106 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10108 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10109 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10110 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10111 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10113 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10115 \(fn)" t nil)
10117 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10118 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10119 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10120 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10121 to be updated.
10123 \(fn)" t nil)
10125 ;;;***
10127 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10128 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10129 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15835 61131))
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10132 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10133 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10134 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10135 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10136 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10137 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10142 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10143 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10144 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10145 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10146 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10148 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10149 is used instead of `load-path'.
10151 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10152 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10153 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10155 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10158 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10160 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10162 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10163 Not documented
10165 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10167 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10168 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10169 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10171 \(fn)" nil nil)
10173 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10174 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10175 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10176 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10177 it is displayed along with the global value.
10179 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10181 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10182 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10183 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10184 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10186 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10188 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10189 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10190 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10194 ;;;***
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10197 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10200 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10201 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10202 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10203 and window listing and describing the options.
10204 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10205 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10207 ;;;***
10209 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10210 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10211 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15668 17307))
10212 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10214 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10215 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10216 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10217 Commands:
10218 \\{help-mode-map}
10220 \(fn)" t nil)
10222 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10223 Not documented
10225 \(fn)" nil nil)
10227 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10228 Not documented
10230 \(fn)" nil nil)
10232 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10233 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10235 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10236 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10237 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10238 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10240 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10241 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10242 restore it properly when going back.
10244 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10246 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10247 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10249 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10250 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10251 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10252 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10253 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10255 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10256 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10257 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10258 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10260 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10261 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10262 that.
10264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10266 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10267 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10268 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10269 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10270 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10271 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10273 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10275 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10276 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10277 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10278 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10279 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10281 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10283 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10284 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10286 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10288 ;;;***
10290 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10291 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
10292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10294 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10295 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10297 \(fn)" t nil)
10299 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10300 Provide help for current mode.
10302 \(fn)" t nil)
10304 ;;;***
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10307 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15806 54403))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10310 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10311 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10312 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10313 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10314 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10316 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10317 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10319 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10320 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10321 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10322 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10324 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10325 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10326 periods.
10328 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10329 in hexl format.
10331 A sample format:
10333 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10334 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10335 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10336 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10337 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10338 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10339 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10340 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10341 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10342 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10343 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10344 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10345 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10346 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10347 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10349 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10350 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10351 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10353 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10354 also supported.
10356 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10358 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10359 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10360 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10362 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10363 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10364 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10366 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10367 into the buffer at the current point.
10369 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10370 into the buffer at the current point.
10372 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10373 into the buffer at the current point.
10375 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10377 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10378 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10380 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10382 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10386 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10387 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10388 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10390 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10392 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10393 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10394 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10396 \(fn)" t nil)
10398 ;;;***
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10401 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10402 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15824
10403 ;;;;;; 18278))
10404 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10406 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10407 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10409 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10411 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
10413 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10414 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10416 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10417 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10418 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10419 which can be called interactively, are:
10421 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10422 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10424 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10425 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10426 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10427 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10429 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10430 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10432 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10433 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10435 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10436 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10437 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10438 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10439 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10440 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10442 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10443 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10445 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10446 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10447 Hi-lock: FOO
10448 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10449 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10450 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10451 will be read until
10452 Hi-lock: end
10453 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10457 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10459 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10460 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10462 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10463 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10464 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10465 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10467 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10469 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10471 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10472 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10474 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10475 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10476 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10477 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10479 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10481 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10483 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10484 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10486 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10487 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10489 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10491 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10493 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10494 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10496 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10497 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10498 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10499 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10500 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10502 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10504 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10505 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10507 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10508 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10509 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 ;;;***
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10516 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15494 12696))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10519 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10520 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10521 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10522 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10523 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10524 how the hiding is done:
10526 `hide-ifdef-env'
10527 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10528 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10529 is used.
10531 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10532 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10533 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10534 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10535 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10537 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10538 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10539 #endif lines when hiding.
10541 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10542 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10543 is activated.
10545 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10546 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10547 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10549 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10553 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10554 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10556 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10557 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10559 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10560 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10562 ;;;***
10564 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10565 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10568 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10569 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10571 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10572 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10573 Each element has the form
10574 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10576 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10577 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10579 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10580 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10582 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10583 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10584 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10585 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10586 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10588 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10589 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10591 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10592 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10594 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10595 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10596 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10598 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10599 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10600 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10601 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10602 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10603 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10605 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10606 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10607 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10609 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10610 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10612 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10614 Key bindings:
10615 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10619 ;;;***
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10622 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10623 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10624 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15736 22015))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10627 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10629 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10630 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10631 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10633 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10635 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10636 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10638 Without an argument:
10639 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10640 or passive state as determined by the variable
10641 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10642 and passive state.
10644 With an argument ARG:
10645 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10646 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10647 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10649 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10650 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10651 not displayed in a different face.
10653 Functions:
10654 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10655 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10656 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10657 buffer with the contents of a file
10658 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10659 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10660 various faces.
10662 Hook variables:
10663 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10664 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10665 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10669 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10670 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10672 \(fn)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10675 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10677 \(fn)" t nil)
10679 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10680 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10682 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10683 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10684 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10685 shown in the last face in the list.
10687 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10688 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10689 buffer to be saved):
10691 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10693 \(fn)" t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10696 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10698 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10699 and must not be read-only.
10701 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10702 this function is called interactively.
10704 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10705 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10706 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10708 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10709 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10710 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10712 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10714 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10715 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10717 When called interactively:
10718 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10719 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10720 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10721 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10723 When called from a program:
10724 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10725 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10726 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10727 - otherwise just turn it on
10729 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10730 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
10731 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10732 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
10734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10736 ;;;***
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10739 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10740 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10741 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10742 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10745 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10746 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10747 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10748 or insert functions in this list.")
10750 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10751 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10753 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10754 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10756 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10757 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10759 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10760 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10762 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10763 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10764 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10766 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
10767 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
10768 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10769 \(as atoms)")
10771 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
10772 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
10773 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10774 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
10775 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
10777 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
10778 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
10779 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
10780 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
10781 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
10782 expansions.
10783 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
10784 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
10785 undoes the expansion.
10787 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10789 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
10790 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
10791 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
10792 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
10794 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
10796 ;;;***
10798 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
10799 ;;;;;; (15831 18549))
10800 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
10802 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10803 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
10804 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10805 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
10806 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
10808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10810 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
10811 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
10812 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10814 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
10816 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10818 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
10820 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10821 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
10822 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10823 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
10824 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on.
10826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10828 ;;;***
10830 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
10831 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
10834 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
10835 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
10836 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10838 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
10840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10842 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
10843 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
10845 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
10846 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
10848 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
10850 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
10852 ;;;***
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
10855 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
10856 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
10858 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
10859 This function is obsolete.
10860 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10861 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10863 \(fn)" nil nil)
10865 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
10866 This function is obsolete.
10867 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10868 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
10873 This function is obsolete.
10874 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10875 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10879 ;;;***
10881 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
10882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
10883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
10884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
10885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
10886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
10887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
10888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
10889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
10890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
10891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
10892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
10893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
10894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
10895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
10896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
10897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
10898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
10899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
10900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
10901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
10902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15861 19605))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
10905 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10906 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
10907 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
10909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10911 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10912 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
10914 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10916 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10917 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
10919 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
10921 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10922 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
10924 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10926 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10927 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10932 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10934 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10936 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10937 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10939 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10940 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
10941 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10942 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
10943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
10946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
10947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
10952 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
10953 Not documented
10955 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
10957 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10958 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
10960 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10963 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
10965 \(fn)" t nil)
10967 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10968 Remove the first filter group.
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10972 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10973 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
10975 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10977 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
10978 Remove all filter groups.
10980 \(fn)" t nil)
10982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10983 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
10985 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10987 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10988 Kill the filter group named NAME.
10989 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
10991 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
10994 Kill the filter group at point.
10995 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
10997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11000 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11002 \(fn)" t nil)
11004 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11005 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11007 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11010 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11011 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11012 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11014 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11017 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11018 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11020 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11023 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11024 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11025 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11026 of replacing the current filters.
11028 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11031 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11036 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11038 \(fn)" t nil)
11040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11041 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11043 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11044 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11045 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11049 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11050 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11052 \(fn)" t nil)
11054 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11055 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11060 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11061 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11062 filter into parts.
11064 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11067 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11068 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11070 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11072 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11073 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11075 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11078 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11080 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11083 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11084 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11085 of replacing the current filters.
11087 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11088 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11089 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11090 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11094 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11095 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11098 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11099 Default sorting modes are:
11100 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11101 Name - the name of the buffer
11102 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11103 Size - the size of the buffer
11105 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11108 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11110 \(fn)" t nil)
11111 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11112 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11113 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11114 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11117 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11119 \(fn)" t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11122 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11123 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11124 for this ibuffer session.
11126 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11129 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11130 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11131 for this ibuffer session.
11133 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11136 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11138 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11139 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11141 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11142 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11144 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11147 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11149 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11150 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11152 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11154 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11155 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11157 \(fn)" t nil)
11159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11160 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11162 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11165 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11166 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11168 \(fn)" t nil)
11170 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11171 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11172 The names are separated by a space.
11173 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11174 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
11176 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
11178 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
11179 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]
11181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11183 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11184 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11186 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11188 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11189 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11193 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11194 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11196 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11199 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11201 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11204 Mark all modified buffers.
11206 \(fn)" t nil)
11208 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11209 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11211 \(fn)" t nil)
11213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11214 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11216 \(fn)" t nil)
11218 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11219 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11221 \(fn)" t nil)
11223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11224 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11226 \(fn)" t nil)
11228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11229 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11231 \(fn)" t nil)
11233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11234 Mark all read-only buffers.
11236 \(fn)" t nil)
11238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11239 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11241 \(fn)" t nil)
11243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11244 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11245 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11246 defaults to one.
11248 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11250 ;;;***
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11253 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15771
11254 ;;;;;; 50616))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11257 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11258 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11260 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11261 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11262 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11264 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11265 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11266 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11267 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11268 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11269 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11271 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11272 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11273 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11274 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11275 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11277 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11279 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11280 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11281 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11282 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11283 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11285 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11286 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11287 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11289 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11291 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11292 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11293 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11294 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11295 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11296 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11298 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11299 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11300 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11301 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11302 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11303 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11304 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11305 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11306 values are:
11307 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11308 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11309 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11310 buffer's modification flag.
11311 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11312 prompted before performing this operation.
11313 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11314 operation is complete, in the form:
11315 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11316 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11317 confirmation message, in the form:
11318 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11319 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11320 macro for exactly what it does.
11322 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11324 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11325 Define a filter named NAME.
11326 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11327 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11328 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11330 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11331 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11332 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11333 bound to the current value of the filter.
11335 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11337 ;;;***
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11340 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15861 19605))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11344 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11345 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11346 buffers which are visiting a file.
11348 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11351 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11352 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11353 buffers which are visiting a file.
11355 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11357 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11358 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11359 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11361 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11362 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11363 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11364 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11365 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11366 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11367 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11368 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11369 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11370 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11371 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11372 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11373 locally in this buffer.
11375 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11380 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11383 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11384 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11385 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11389 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11390 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11391 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11393 \(fn)" nil nil)
11395 ;;;***
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
11398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11400 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11401 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11402 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11403 Tab indents for Icon code.
11404 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11405 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11406 \\{icon-mode-map}
11407 Variables controlling indentation style:
11408 icon-tab-always-indent
11409 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11410 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11411 icon-auto-newline
11412 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11413 inserted in Icon code.
11414 icon-indent-level
11415 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11416 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11417 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11418 icon-continued-statement-offset
11419 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11420 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11421 icon-continued-brace-offset
11422 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11423 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11424 icon-brace-offset
11425 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11426 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11427 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11428 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11430 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11431 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11433 \(fn)" t nil)
11435 ;;;***
11437 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11438 ;;;;;; (15793 40970))
11439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11441 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11442 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11443 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11444 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11446 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11447 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11448 separate frames.
11450 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11451 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11453 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11454 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11455 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11459 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11461 ;;;***
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11464 ;;;;;; (15793 40971))
11465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11467 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11468 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11470 The main features of this mode are
11472 1. Indentation and Formatting
11473 --------------------------
11474 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11475 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11477 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11478 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11479 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11480 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11482 Comments are indented as follows:
11484 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11485 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11486 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11488 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11490 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11491 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11492 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11493 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11494 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11495 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11496 recommended).
11498 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11499 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11500 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11501 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11503 2. Routine Info
11504 ------------
11505 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11506 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11507 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11508 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11509 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11510 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11511 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11512 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11514 3. Online IDL Help
11515 ---------------
11516 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11517 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11518 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11519 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11520 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11522 4. Completion
11523 ----------
11524 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11525 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11526 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11527 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11528 mixed or upper case.
11530 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11531 --------------------------------
11532 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11533 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11535 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11536 \\fu FUNCTION template
11537 \\c CASE statement template
11538 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11539 \\f FOR loop template
11540 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11541 \\w WHILE loop template
11542 \\i IF statement template
11543 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11544 \\b BEGIN
11546 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11547 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11549 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11550 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11551 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11553 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11554 -------------------------
11555 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11556 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11558 7. Automatic END completion
11559 ------------------------
11560 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11561 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11563 8. Hooks
11564 -----
11565 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11566 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11568 9. Documentation and Customization
11569 -------------------------------
11570 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11571 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11572 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11573 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11574 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11576 10.Keybindings
11577 -----------
11578 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11579 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11580 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11582 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11584 \(fn)" t nil)
11586 ;;;***
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11589 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11590 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11591 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11592 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11593 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11594 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11595 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15847 42308))
11596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11598 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11599 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11600 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11601 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11602 displaying...)
11603 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11604 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11605 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
11607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11608 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11610 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11612 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
11614 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11615 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11616 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11617 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
11618 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
11619 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
11620 versions of these functions.
11621 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
11622 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
11623 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11625 \(fn &optional ARG NOBIND)" t nil)
11627 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11628 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11629 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11630 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11631 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11632 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11633 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11635 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11637 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11638 Switch to another buffer.
11639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11641 in another frame.
11643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11647 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11650 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11652 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11653 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11655 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11656 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11657 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11658 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11659 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11660 in a separate window.
11661 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11666 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11667 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11668 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11669 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11671 \(fn)" t nil)
11673 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11674 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11675 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11676 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11678 \(fn)" t nil)
11680 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11681 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11682 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11683 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11687 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11688 Kill a buffer.
11689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11690 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11694 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11695 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11696 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11697 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11699 \(fn)" t nil)
11701 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11702 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11704 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11706 \(fn)" t nil)
11708 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11709 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11711 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11713 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11714 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11715 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11716 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11717 visible in another frame.
11719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11720 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11721 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11722 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11723 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11724 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11726 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11727 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11729 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
11730 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11732 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11733 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11734 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11735 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11736 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11737 in a separate window.
11738 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
11739 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11740 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
11741 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
11742 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
11743 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11744 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
11745 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11746 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11747 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11748 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
11749 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
11750 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
11751 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
11752 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11756 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11757 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11759 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11761 \(fn)" t nil)
11763 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
11764 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11766 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11768 \(fn)" t nil)
11770 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
11771 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
11772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11773 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11775 \(fn)" t nil)
11777 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
11778 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
11779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11780 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11784 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
11785 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
11786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11787 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11791 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
11792 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
11793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11794 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11798 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
11799 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
11800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11801 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11803 \(fn)" t nil)
11805 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
11806 Write current buffer to a file.
11807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11810 \(fn)" t nil)
11812 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
11813 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
11814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11815 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11819 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
11820 Call dired the ido way.
11821 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11822 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11826 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
11827 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11828 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11830 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
11833 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11834 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11836 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11838 ;;;***
11840 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15806 54403))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
11842 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
11844 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
11845 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
11846 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
11848 \(fn)" t nil)
11850 ;;;***
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
11853 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
11854 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15813 22869))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
11857 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
11858 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
11859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
11860 be determined.
11862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11864 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
11865 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
11866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
11867 be determined.
11869 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11871 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
11872 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
11873 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
11875 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
11877 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
11878 Create an image.
11879 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
11880 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
11881 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
11882 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
11883 use its file extension as image type.
11884 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
11885 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
11886 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
11887 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
11889 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
11891 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
11892 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
11893 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
11894 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
11895 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
11896 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
11897 POS may be an integer or marker.
11898 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11899 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11900 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11901 means display it in the right marginal area.
11903 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11905 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
11906 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
11907 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
11908 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
11909 defaulted if you omit it.
11910 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11911 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11912 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11913 means display it in the right marginal area.
11915 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11917 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
11918 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
11919 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
11920 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
11922 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11924 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
11925 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
11927 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
11929 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11930 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11931 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11932 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11933 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11934 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
11935 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
11936 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
11937 satisfied.
11939 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
11941 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
11943 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
11944 Define SYMBOL as an image.
11946 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
11947 documentation string.
11949 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11950 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11951 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11952 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11953 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11954 string containing the actual image data. The first image
11955 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
11956 define SYMBOL.
11958 Example:
11960 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
11961 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
11963 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
11965 ;;;***
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
11968 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
11969 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 18682))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
11972 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
11973 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
11974 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
11975 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
11977 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
11978 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
11979 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
11980 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
11982 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
11983 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
11984 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
11985 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
11987 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
11988 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
11989 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
11990 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
11992 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
11993 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
11995 \(fn)" nil nil)
11997 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
11998 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
11999 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12000 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12002 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12004 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12005 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12006 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12008 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12010 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12012 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
12014 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12015 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12016 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12017 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12019 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12020 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12021 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12025 ;;;***
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12028 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15714 42969))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12031 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12032 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12034 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12036 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12037 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12038 in the buffer.
12040 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12042 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12043 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12044 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12046 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12047 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12049 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12050 to create a buffer index.
12052 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12053 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12054 or like this:
12055 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12056 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12057 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12058 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12059 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12061 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12062 entries are not nested.
12064 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12065 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12066 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12067 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12069 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12070 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12072 The variable is buffer-local.
12074 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12075 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12076 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12078 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12079 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12080 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12081 during matching.")
12083 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12085 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12086 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12088 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12089 of the current buffer as an alist.
12091 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12092 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12093 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12094 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12095 if it is a sub-alist.
12097 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12099 The variable is buffer-local.")
12101 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12103 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12104 Function for finding the next index position.
12106 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12107 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12108 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12109 file.
12111 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12112 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12114 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12116 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12118 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12119 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12121 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12122 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12123 It should return the name for that index item.
12125 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12127 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12129 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12130 Function to compare string with index item.
12132 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12133 non-nil if they match.
12135 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12136 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12137 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12138 arguments match\".
12140 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12142 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12144 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12145 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12146 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12150 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12152 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12154 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12155 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12156 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12157 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12159 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12161 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12162 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12164 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12166 \(fn)" t nil)
12168 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12169 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12170 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12171 for more information.
12173 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12175 ;;;***
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12178 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12179 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 44038))
12180 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12182 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12183 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12188 Not documented
12190 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12192 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12193 Not documented
12195 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12198 Not documented
12200 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12202 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12203 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12204 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12205 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12206 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12208 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12210 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12211 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12212 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12213 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12214 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12216 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12218 ;;;***
12220 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12221 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12224 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12225 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12226 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12227 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12228 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12230 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12231 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12233 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12234 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12235 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12236 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12237 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12238 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12239 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12240 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12242 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12243 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12244 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12245 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12246 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12248 This variable is only used if the variable
12249 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12251 More precise choices:
12252 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12253 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12254 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12256 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12258 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12259 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12261 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12262 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12263 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12264 to that buffer.
12265 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12266 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12267 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12270 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12271 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12273 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12275 ;;;***
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12278 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
12279 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12280 ;;;;;; (15857 5880))
12281 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12283 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12284 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12286 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12287 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12289 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12290 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12291 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12292 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12293 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12294 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12296 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12297 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12299 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12300 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12301 in all the directories in that path.
12303 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12305 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12306 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12310 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12311 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12312 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12313 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12315 \(fn)" nil nil)
12317 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12318 Go to the Info directory node.
12320 \(fn)" t nil)
12322 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12323 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12324 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12325 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12326 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12328 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12330 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12331 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12332 KEY is a string.
12333 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12334 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12335 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12336 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12338 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12340 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12341 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12342 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12346 ;;;***
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12349 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (15671 1671))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12353 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12354 Throw away all cached data.
12355 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12356 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12357 system.
12359 \(fn)" t nil)
12361 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12362 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12363 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12364 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12365 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12366 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12368 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12370 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12372 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12373 Display the documentation of a file.
12374 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12375 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12376 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12377 The default file name is the one found at point.
12379 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12381 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12383 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12384 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12386 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12388 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12389 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12391 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12393 ;;;***
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12396 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12399 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12400 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12402 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12404 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12405 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12406 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12408 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12409 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12410 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12412 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12413 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12414 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12415 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12417 \(fn)" t nil)
12419 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12420 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12421 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12423 \(fn)" t nil)
12425 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12426 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12427 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12428 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12429 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12431 \(fn)" nil nil)
12433 ;;;***
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12436 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12437 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12440 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12441 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12445 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12446 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12448 \(fn)" t nil)
12450 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12451 Not documented
12453 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12455 ;;;***
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12458 ;;;;;; (15634 63561))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12461 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12462 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12463 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12464 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12465 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12466 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12468 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12469 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12471 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12472 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12473 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12474 \"s gives German sharp s.
12475 /a gives a with ring.
12476 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12477 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12478 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12479 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12481 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12482 and a negative argument disables it.
12484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12486 ;;;***
12488 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12489 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12490 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12491 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12494 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12495 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12496 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12497 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12499 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12501 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12502 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12503 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12504 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12506 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12508 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12509 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12510 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12511 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12513 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12515 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12516 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12517 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12518 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12520 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12522 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12523 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12524 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12525 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12527 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12529 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12530 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12531 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12532 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12534 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12536 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12537 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12538 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12539 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12541 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12543 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12544 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12545 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12546 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12548 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12550 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12551 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12552 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12555 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12557 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12558 Warn that format is read-only.
12560 \(fn)" t nil)
12562 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12563 Warn that format is write-only.
12565 \(fn)" t nil)
12567 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12568 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12570 \(fn)" t nil)
12572 ;;;***
12574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12575 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12577 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12578 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12579 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12581 ;;;***
12583 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12584 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12585 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12586 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12587 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12588 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15851 40733))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12591 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
12592 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
12594 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12595 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12596 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12597 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12599 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12600 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12601 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
12603 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12605 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12607 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12609 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12611 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
12613 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
12615 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12616 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12618 Each element of this list is also a list:
12620 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12621 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12623 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12624 nil means the default dictionary.
12626 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12627 word.
12629 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12631 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12632 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12633 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12634 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12635 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12636 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12637 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12638 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12639 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12641 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12642 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12643 single word.
12645 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12646 subprocess.
12648 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12649 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12650 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12651 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12652 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12653 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12654 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12655 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12657 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12659 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12660 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12661 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12663 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12664 Key map for ispell menu.")
12666 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12667 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12668 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12669 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12671 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
12673 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries")) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (unless (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default")))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (cond ((not (stringp name))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
12675 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12677 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12679 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12681 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12682 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12683 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12684 Valid forms include:
12685 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12686 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12687 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12688 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12690 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12691 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12692 First list is used raw.
12693 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
12695 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12696 for skipping in latex mode.")
12698 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
12700 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12701 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12702 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12703 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12705 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12706 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12707 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12708 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12709 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12711 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12712 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12714 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12716 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
12717 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
12719 return values:
12720 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
12721 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12722 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
12723 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
12724 quit spell session exited.
12726 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12728 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12729 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12730 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12732 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12734 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12735 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12737 Selections are:
12739 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12740 SPC: Accept word this time.
12741 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12742 `a': Accept word for this session.
12743 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12744 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12745 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12746 `?': Show these commands.
12747 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12748 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12749 the aborted check to be completed later.
12750 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12751 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12752 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
12753 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
12754 `C-l': redraws screen
12755 `C-r': recursive edit
12756 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
12758 \(fn)" nil nil)
12760 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
12761 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
12762 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
12764 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
12766 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
12767 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
12768 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
12770 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
12772 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
12774 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
12776 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
12777 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
12778 Return nil if spell session is quit,
12779 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
12781 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
12783 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
12784 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
12786 \(fn)" t nil)
12788 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
12789 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
12791 \(fn)" t nil)
12793 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
12794 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
12796 \(fn)" t nil)
12798 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
12799 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
12800 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
12801 sequence inside of a word.
12803 Standard ispell choices are then available.
12805 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
12807 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
12808 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
12810 \(fn)" t nil)
12812 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
12813 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
12814 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
12815 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
12817 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
12818 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
12819 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
12820 available on the net.
12822 \(fn)" t nil)
12824 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
12825 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
12826 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
12828 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
12829 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
12831 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
12832 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
12834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12836 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
12837 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
12838 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
12839 Don't check included messages.
12841 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
12842 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
12843 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
12845 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
12846 in your .emacs file:
12847 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
12848 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
12849 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
12850 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
12852 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
12853 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
12854 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
12856 \(fn)" t nil)
12858 ;;;***
12860 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
12861 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
12862 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15763 11491))
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
12865 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12866 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
12867 Return the name of a buffer selected.
12868 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
12869 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
12870 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
12872 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
12874 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
12875 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
12876 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
12877 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
12879 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
12881 \(fn)" t nil)
12883 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12884 Switch to another buffer.
12886 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
12887 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
12888 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12889 in another frame.
12890 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12892 \(fn)" t nil)
12894 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
12895 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12896 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12897 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12899 \(fn)" t nil)
12901 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12902 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12903 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12904 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12906 \(fn)" t nil)
12908 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
12909 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12910 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12911 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12913 \(fn)" t nil)
12915 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
12916 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
12917 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12919 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
12921 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12923 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
12925 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
12926 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
12927 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
12928 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
12929 `iswitchb' for details.
12931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12933 ;;;***
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
12936 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
12937 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
12938 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
12941 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
12942 Not documented
12944 \(fn)" nil nil)
12946 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
12947 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
12948 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12949 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12950 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
12951 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
12952 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
12953 necessary to represent OBJ.
12955 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
12957 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
12958 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
12959 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12960 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12962 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
12964 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
12965 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
12966 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12967 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12968 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
12970 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
12972 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
12973 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
12974 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12975 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12977 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
12979 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
12980 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
12981 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
12982 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
12984 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
12986 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
12987 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
12989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12991 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
12992 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
12993 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
12994 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
12995 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
12997 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
12999 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13000 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13001 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13002 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13003 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13005 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13007 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13008 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13009 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13011 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13013 ;;;***
13015 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15769
13016 ;;;;;; 54098))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13019 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13020 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13021 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13022 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13023 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13025 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13027 ;;;***
13029 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13030 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15730 5486))
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13033 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13034 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13035 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13037 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13039 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13041 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
13043 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13044 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13045 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13046 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13050 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13051 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13053 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13055 ;;;***
13057 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13058 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13059 ;;;;;; (15747 41455))
13060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13062 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13063 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13064 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13065 decimal key must be specified.")
13067 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
13069 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
13071 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13072 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13073 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13074 decimal key must be specified.")
13076 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
13078 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
13080 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13081 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13082 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13083 decimal key must be specified.")
13085 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
13087 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
13089 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13090 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13091 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13092 decimal key must be specified.")
13094 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
13096 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
13098 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13099 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13100 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13101 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13102 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13103 keys are bound.
13105 Setup Binding
13106 -------------------------------------------------------------
13107 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13108 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13109 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13110 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13111 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13112 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13113 in the global and local keymaps.
13115 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13116 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13118 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13120 ;;;***
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13123 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
13124 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13126 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13127 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13128 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13130 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13131 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13132 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13133 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13134 shorter.
13136 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13137 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13138 the context of text formatting.
13140 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13142 ;;;***
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
13145 ;;;;;; 62673))
13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13148 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13149 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13150 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13151 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13152 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13153 positions that contains the current selection.")
13155 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13156 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13157 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13158 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13159 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13160 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13161 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13163 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13165 ;;;***
13167 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13168 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13169 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13170 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15755 34618))
13171 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13172 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13173 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13174 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13175 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13176 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13177 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13178 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13180 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13181 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13182 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13183 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13184 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13185 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13186 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13188 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13189 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13190 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13192 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13193 defining the macro.
13195 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13196 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13197 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13201 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13202 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13203 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13204 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13205 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13206 under that name.
13208 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13209 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13210 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13212 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13214 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13215 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13216 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13218 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13219 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13220 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13221 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13223 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13224 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13226 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13228 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13229 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13230 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13232 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13233 macro.
13235 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13236 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13238 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13239 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13240 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13242 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13243 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13245 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13247 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13248 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13249 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13250 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13252 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13254 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13255 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13256 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13258 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13260 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13261 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13262 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13264 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13266 ;;;***
13268 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13269 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13272 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13273 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13274 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13276 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13277 Not documented
13279 \(fn)" nil nil)
13281 ;;;***
13283 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13284 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13287 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13289 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13290 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13294 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13296 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13297 Start or resume an Lm game.
13298 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13299 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13301 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13302 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13303 none / 1 | yes | no
13304 2 | yes | yes
13305 3 | no | yes
13306 4 | no | no
13308 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13309 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13310 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13312 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13314 ;;;***
13316 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13317 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13318 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15806
13319 ;;;;;; 54404))
13320 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13322 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13323 Not documented
13325 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13327 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13328 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13329 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13330 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13331 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13332 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13334 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13335 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13337 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13339 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13340 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13342 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13344 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13345 Not documented
13347 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13349 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13350 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13351 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13352 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13353 to compose.
13355 The return value is number of composed characters.
13357 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13359 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13360 Not documented
13362 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13364 ;;;***
13366 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13367 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13370 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13371 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13372 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13373 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13374 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13375 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13376 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13377 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13379 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13380 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13383 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13385 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
13387 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
13389 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13390 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13391 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13392 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13393 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13394 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13395 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13396 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13398 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13400 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13401 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13402 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13403 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13406 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13408 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
13410 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
13412 ;;;***
13414 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13415 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15509 27929))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13418 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13419 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13420 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13421 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13423 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13425 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13426 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13427 JIT Lock's favor.
13429 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13431 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13432 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13433 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13434 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13435 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13436 for large buffers.
13438 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13439 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13440 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13441 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13442 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13444 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13445 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13446 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13447 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13448 slow to keep up with your typing.
13450 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13451 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13452 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13453 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13454 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13455 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13457 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13458 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13459 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13460 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13462 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13463 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13464 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13465 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13467 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13468 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13469 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13470 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13471 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13475 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13476 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13478 \(fn)" nil nil)
13480 ;;;***
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13483 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13486 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13487 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13489 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13490 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13492 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13493 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13495 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13496 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13497 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13498 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13499 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13500 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13501 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13502 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13503 and transmit saved text.
13504 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13505 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13506 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13508 \(fn)" t nil)
13510 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13511 Not documented
13513 \(fn)" nil nil)
13515 ;;;***
13517 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13520 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13521 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13522 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13523 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13524 generations (this defaults to 1).
13526 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13528 ;;;***
13530 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13531 ;;;;;; 29876))
13532 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13534 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13535 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13536 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13537 is nil, raise an error.
13539 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13541 ;;;***
13543 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13544 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13547 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13548 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13549 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13551 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13553 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13554 Run the locate command with a filter.
13556 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13557 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13559 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13561 ;;;***
13563 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
13564 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13566 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13567 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13568 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13569 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13570 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13571 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13572 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13573 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13574 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13575 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13576 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13577 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13578 uses the current buffer.
13580 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13582 ;;;***
13584 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
13585 ;;;;;; 51653))
13586 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13588 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13589 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
13591 ;;;***
13593 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13594 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15594
13595 ;;;;;; 61952))
13596 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13598 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13600 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13602 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13603 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13604 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13606 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13607 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13609 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13610 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13611 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13612 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13613 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13614 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13615 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13617 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13618 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13619 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13620 switch on this list.
13621 See `lpr-command'.")
13623 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13624 *Name of program for printing a file.
13626 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13627 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13628 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13629 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13630 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13631 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13632 argument.")
13634 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13635 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13636 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13637 for customization of the printer command.
13639 \(fn)" t nil)
13641 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13642 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13644 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13645 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13646 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13647 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13649 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13650 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13652 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13653 for further customization of the printer command.
13655 \(fn)" t nil)
13657 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13658 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13659 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13660 for customization of the printer command.
13662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13664 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13665 Paginate and print the region contents.
13667 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13668 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13669 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13670 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13672 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13673 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13675 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13676 for further customization of the printer command.
13678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13680 ;;;***
13682 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15676
13683 ;;;;;; 9507))
13684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13686 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13687 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13688 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13690 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13694 ;;;***
13696 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15765
13697 ;;;;;; 3930))
13698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13700 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13701 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13702 \\{m4-mode-map}
13704 \(fn)" t nil)
13706 ;;;***
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13709 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15741 9308))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13712 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13713 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13714 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13715 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13716 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
13718 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13720 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13721 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13722 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13723 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13725 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13726 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13727 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13728 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13729 bindings.
13731 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13732 use this command, and then save the file.
13734 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13736 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13737 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13738 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13739 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13740 each time the macro executes.
13741 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13742 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
13743 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
13744 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
13745 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
13746 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
13747 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
13749 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
13751 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
13752 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
13753 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
13755 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
13756 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
13757 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
13758 execute.
13760 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
13761 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
13763 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
13764 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
13765 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
13766 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
13767 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
13769 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
13770 looked like this:
13772 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
13773 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
13774 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
13776 You could enter the names in this format:
13782 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
13784 \\C-x (
13785 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
13786 \\C-x )
13788 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
13789 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
13791 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
13792 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
13794 ;;;***
13796 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
13797 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15793 40968))
13798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
13800 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
13801 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
13802 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
13803 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
13804 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
13806 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
13807 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
13808 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
13809 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
13810 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
13812 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
13813 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
13814 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
13815 consing a string.)
13817 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
13819 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
13820 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
13822 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
13824 ;;;***
13826 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
13827 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
13828 ;;;;;; (15763 38398))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
13831 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
13832 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
13834 \(fn)" nil nil)
13836 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
13837 Not documented
13839 \(fn)" nil nil)
13841 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
13842 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
13844 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
13845 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
13846 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
13847 message.
13849 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
13851 \(fn)" nil nil)
13853 ;;;***
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
13856 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
13857 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15512
13858 ;;;;;; 17296))
13859 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
13861 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
13862 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
13863 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
13864 often correct parser.")
13866 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
13867 Not documented
13869 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13871 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13872 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
13873 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13874 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13876 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13878 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13879 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
13880 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13881 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13883 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13885 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
13886 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
13887 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13888 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13890 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
13892 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
13893 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
13894 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
13895 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
13896 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
13897 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
13899 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
13901 ;;;***
13903 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
13904 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15756 53831))
13905 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
13907 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
13908 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
13910 \(fn)" nil nil)
13912 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
13913 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
13914 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
13916 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
13918 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
13919 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
13920 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
13922 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
13924 ;;;***
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
13927 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
13928 ;;;;;; 63149))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
13931 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
13932 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
13933 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13934 king@grassland.com
13935 If `parens', they look like:
13936 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13937 If `angles', they look like:
13938 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
13940 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
13941 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
13942 If interactive, expand in header fields.
13943 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
13944 their `Resent-' variants.
13946 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
13947 removed from alias expansions.
13949 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
13951 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
13952 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
13953 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
13955 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
13956 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
13957 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
13958 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
13960 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
13962 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
13963 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
13964 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
13965 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
13967 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13969 ;;;***
13971 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
13972 ;;;;;; (15851 40733))
13973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
13975 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
13976 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
13977 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
13979 \\{makefile-mode-map}
13981 In the browser, use the following keys:
13983 \\{makefile-browser-map}
13985 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
13987 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
13988 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
13990 `makefile-target-colon':
13991 The string that gets appended to all target names
13992 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
13993 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
13995 `makefile-macro-assign':
13996 The string that gets appended to all macro names
13997 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
13998 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
13999 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14000 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14001 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14003 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14004 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14005 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14007 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14008 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14010 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14011 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14012 up or down in the browser.
14014 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14015 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14017 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14018 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14020 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14021 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14022 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14023 has been selected in the browser.
14025 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14026 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14027 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14028 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14029 filenames are omitted.
14031 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14032 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14033 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14034 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14035 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14036 the backslash itself intact.
14037 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14038 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14040 `makefile-browser-hook':
14041 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14042 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14044 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14045 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14046 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14047 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14049 \(fn)" t nil)
14051 ;;;***
14053 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14054 ;;;;;; 28917))
14055 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14057 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14058 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14059 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14061 \(fn)" t nil)
14063 ;;;***
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15806 54403))
14066 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14068 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14070 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14071 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14072 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14073 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14074 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14075 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14076 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14078 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14079 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14080 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14081 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14083 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14085 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14086 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14088 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14090 ;;;***
14092 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14095 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14096 Toggle Master mode.
14097 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14098 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14099 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14101 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14102 following commands:
14104 \\{master-mode-map}
14106 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14107 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14108 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14112 ;;;***
14114 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14115 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14116 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14117 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14118 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14119 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14120 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14121 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14122 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14123 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15847 42307))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14126 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14127 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14129 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14130 king@grassland.com
14131 If `parens', they look like:
14132 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14133 If `angles', they look like:
14134 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14136 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14137 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14139 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14140 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14142 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14143 *Local news organization file.")
14145 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14146 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14147 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14148 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14150 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14151 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14152 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14154 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14156 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14157 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14159 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14160 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14162 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14163 *Function for citing an original message.
14164 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14165 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14166 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14168 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14169 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14170 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14171 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14172 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14174 (defvar message-signature t "\
14175 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14176 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14177 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14178 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14180 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14181 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14182 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14183 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14185 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14187 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14188 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14189 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14190 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14191 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14192 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14193 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14194 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14195 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14196 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14197 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14198 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14199 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14200 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14201 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14202 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14203 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14204 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14205 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14206 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14207 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14208 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14209 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14210 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14211 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14213 \(fn)" t nil)
14215 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14216 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14217 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14219 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14221 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14222 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14224 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14226 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14227 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14229 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14232 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14234 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14236 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14237 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14238 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14240 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14242 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14243 Cancel an article you posted.
14244 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14248 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14249 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14250 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14251 header line with the old Message-ID.
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14255 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14256 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14258 \(fn)" t nil)
14260 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14261 Forward the current message via mail.
14262 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14263 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14265 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14267 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14268 Not documented
14270 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14272 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14273 Not documented
14275 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14277 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14278 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14280 \(fn)" t nil)
14282 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14283 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14285 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14287 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14288 Re-mail the current message.
14289 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14290 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14291 you.
14293 \(fn)" t nil)
14295 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14296 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14298 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14300 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14301 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14303 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14305 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14306 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14308 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14310 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14311 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14313 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14315 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14316 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14317 Works by overstriking characters.
14318 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14319 which specify the range to operate on.
14321 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14323 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14324 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14325 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14326 which specify the range to operate on.
14328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14330 ;;;***
14332 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14333 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
14334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14336 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14337 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14338 Special commands:
14339 \\{meta-mode-map}
14341 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14342 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14344 \(fn)" t nil)
14346 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14347 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14348 Special commands:
14349 \\{meta-mode-map}
14351 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14352 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14354 \(fn)" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14359 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14360 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14363 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14364 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14365 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14367 \(fn)" t nil)
14369 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14370 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14371 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14372 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14373 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14374 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14375 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14377 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14379 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14380 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14381 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14382 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14383 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14384 means current).
14385 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14386 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14388 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14390 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14391 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14392 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14393 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14394 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14395 means current).
14396 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14397 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14399 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14401 ;;;***
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14404 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15847
14405 ;;;;;; 48204))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
14408 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14409 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14410 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14411 to the MH mail system.
14413 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14415 \(fn)" t nil)
14417 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14418 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14419 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14420 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14421 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14422 that want to create a mail buffer.
14423 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14424 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14425 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14427 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14429 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14430 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14431 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14433 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14434 initial Subject field, respectively.
14436 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14437 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14438 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14440 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14442 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14444 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14445 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14446 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14447 to the MH mail system.
14449 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14451 \(fn)" t nil)
14453 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14454 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14456 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14457 using the MH mail handling system.
14459 If MH MIME directives are added manually, you must first run \\[mh-edit-mhn]
14460 before sending the message. MIME directives that are added by MH-E commands
14461 such as \\[mh-mhn-compose-insertion] are processed automatically when the
14462 message is sent.
14464 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14465 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14467 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14468 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14470 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}" t nil)
14472 ;;;***
14474 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el"
14475 ;;;;;; (15847 48204))
14476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
14478 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14479 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14480 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14481 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14485 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14486 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14487 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14488 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14492 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14493 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14497 ;;;***
14499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15847 48204))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
14502 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14504 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14506 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14508 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14510 ;;;***
14512 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14513 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14514 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14516 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14517 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14518 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14519 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14520 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14521 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14522 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14523 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14524 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14525 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14526 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14530 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14531 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14532 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14533 to its second argument TM.
14535 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14537 ;;;***
14539 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14540 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14543 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14544 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14545 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14547 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14549 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14551 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
14553 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14554 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14555 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14556 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14557 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14558 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14559 default indication.
14561 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14562 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14566 ;;;***
14568 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14569 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14572 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14573 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14574 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14575 the entire message.
14576 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14578 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14580 ;;;***
14582 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14583 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14586 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14587 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14589 \(fn)" nil nil)
14591 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14592 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14594 \(fn)" nil nil)
14596 ;;;***
14598 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14599 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14602 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14603 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14604 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14605 followed by the first character of the construct.
14606 \\<m2-mode-map>
14607 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14608 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
14609 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
14610 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
14611 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
14612 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
14613 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
14614 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
14615 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
14616 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
14617 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
14618 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
14619 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
14620 \\[m2-link] link
14622 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14623 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14624 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14628 ;;;***
14630 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14631 ;;;;;; (15837 24072))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14634 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14635 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14637 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14639 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14640 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14642 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14644 ;;;***
14646 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15668
14647 ;;;;;; 8361))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14650 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14651 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14652 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14654 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
14656 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14658 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
14660 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14661 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14662 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14663 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14665 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14667 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14669 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14671 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14672 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14673 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14674 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14675 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14676 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14678 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14679 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14680 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14681 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14682 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14684 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14685 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14687 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14688 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14690 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14692 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14693 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14694 primary selection and region.
14696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14698 ;;;***
14700 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15571 60771))
14701 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14703 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14704 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14708 ;;;***
14710 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 9365))
14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14713 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14714 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14715 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14717 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
14719 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14721 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
14723 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14724 Toggle Msb mode.
14725 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14726 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14727 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
14729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14731 ;;;***
14733 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
14734 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
14735 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
14736 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
14737 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
14738 ;;;;;; (15806 54404))
14739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
14741 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
14742 Display a list of all character sets.
14744 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
14745 internal Emacs use.
14747 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
14748 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
14749 hexadecimal digits.
14750 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
14751 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
14753 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
14754 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
14755 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
14756 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
14758 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14759 but still shows the full information.
14761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
14764 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14765 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
14766 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
14767 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
14769 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
14770 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
14771 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
14772 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
14773 detailed meanings of these arguments.
14775 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14777 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
14778 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
14779 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
14780 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
14781 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
14783 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14785 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
14786 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
14788 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14790 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14791 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
14793 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
14796 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
14798 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
14799 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
14800 in place of `..':
14801 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14802 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14803 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
14804 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
14805 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
14806 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
14807 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14808 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14809 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14810 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14811 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14812 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14813 `default-process-coding-system' for read
14814 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
14815 `default-process-coding-system' for write
14816 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14820 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14821 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14825 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
14826 Display a list of all coding systems.
14827 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
14829 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14830 but still contains full information about each coding system.
14832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14834 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
14835 Display a list of all coding categories.
14837 \(fn)" nil nil)
14839 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
14840 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
14842 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
14844 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
14845 Display information about FONTSET.
14846 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
14848 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
14850 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
14851 Display a list of all fontsets.
14852 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
14853 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
14854 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
14856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14858 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
14859 Display information about all input methods.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
14864 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
14866 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
14867 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
14868 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
14869 system which uses fontsets).
14871 \(fn)" t nil)
14873 ;;;***
14875 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
14876 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
14877 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
14878 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
14879 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
14880 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15816 1960))
14881 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
14883 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
14884 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
14885 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
14887 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
14889 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
14891 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
14892 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
14894 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
14895 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
14897 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
14898 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
14900 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
14902 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
14903 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
14904 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
14905 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
14906 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
14907 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
14908 buffer; see also `char-width'.
14910 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
14911 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
14912 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
14913 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
14914 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
14915 middle of a character in STR.
14917 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
14918 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
14920 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
14921 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
14922 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
14923 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
14924 defaults to \"...\".
14926 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
14928 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
14930 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
14932 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
14933 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
14935 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
14936 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
14937 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
14939 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
14940 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
14941 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
14943 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
14944 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
14945 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
14946 is considered.
14947 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
14948 longer than KEYSEQ.
14949 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
14951 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
14953 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
14954 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
14955 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
14956 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
14957 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
14958 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
14959 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
14960 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
14961 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
14962 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
14963 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
14965 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
14967 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
14968 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
14970 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14972 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
14973 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
14975 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
14978 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
14980 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14982 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
14983 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
14985 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14987 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
14988 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
14989 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
14990 or one is an alias of the other.
14992 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
14994 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
14995 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
14996 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
14997 coding systems ordered by priority.
14999 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15001 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15002 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15003 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15004 language environment LANG-ENV.
15006 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15008 ;;;***
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15011 ;;;;;; (15860 62429))
15012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15014 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15015 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15016 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15018 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15020 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15022 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
15024 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15025 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15026 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15027 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15031 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15032 Enable mouse wheel support.
15034 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15036 ;;;***
15038 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15039 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
15040 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
15041 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
15042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15044 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15045 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15047 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15049 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15050 Ping HOST.
15051 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15052 `ping-program-options'.
15054 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15056 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15057 Run ipconfig program.
15059 \(fn)" t nil)
15061 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15063 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15064 Run netstat program.
15066 \(fn)" t nil)
15068 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15069 Run the arp program.
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15073 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15074 Run the route program.
15076 \(fn)" t nil)
15078 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15079 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15081 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15083 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15084 Run nslookup program.
15086 \(fn)" t nil)
15088 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15089 Run dig program.
15091 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15093 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15094 Run ftp program.
15096 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15098 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15099 Finger USER on HOST.
15101 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15103 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15104 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15105 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15106 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15108 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15110 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15111 Not documented
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15115 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15116 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15118 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15120 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15121 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15123 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15125 ;;;***
15127 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15128 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15129 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15130 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15131 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15824 18278))
15132 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15134 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15136 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15138 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15140 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15142 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15143 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15144 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15145 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15146 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15147 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15149 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15150 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15152 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15153 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15154 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15155 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15157 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15158 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15160 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15161 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15162 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15164 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15165 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15166 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15167 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15168 column indentation or nil.
15169 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15171 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15172 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15173 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15175 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15176 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15177 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15178 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15180 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15181 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15183 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15184 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15185 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15187 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15188 Not documented
15190 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15192 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15193 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15195 \(fn)" nil nil)
15197 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15198 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15199 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15201 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15203 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15204 Set the comment column based on point.
15205 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15206 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15207 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15208 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15210 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15212 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15213 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15214 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15216 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15218 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15219 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15220 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15221 comment markers.
15223 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15225 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15226 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15227 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15228 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15229 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15230 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15231 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15232 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15234 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15235 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15237 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15239 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15240 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15241 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15242 is passed on to the respective function.
15244 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15246 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15247 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15248 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15249 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15250 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15251 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15252 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15253 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15257 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15258 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15259 This indents the body of the continued comment
15260 under the previous comment line.
15262 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15263 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15264 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15266 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15267 or comment indentation.
15269 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15270 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15272 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15274 ;;;***
15276 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15635
15277 ;;;;;; 30400))
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15280 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15281 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15282 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15283 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15284 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15285 symbol in the alist.
15287 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15289 ;;;***
15291 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15292 ;;;;;; (15717 44266))
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15295 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15296 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15297 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15299 \(fn)" t nil)
15301 ;;;***
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15304 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15307 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15308 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15309 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15311 \(fn)" t nil)
15313 ;;;***
15315 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15316 ;;;;;; (15538 8229))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15319 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15320 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15324 ;;;***
15326 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15327 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15847 42307))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15330 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15331 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15333 \(fn)" t nil)
15335 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15336 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15338 \(fn)" t nil)
15340 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15341 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15343 \(fn)" t nil)
15345 ;;;***
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15348 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15349 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15351 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15352 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15353 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15355 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15356 Not documented
15358 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15360 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15361 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15362 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15363 to future sessions.
15365 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15367 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15368 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15369 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15370 to future sessions.
15372 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15374 ;;;***
15376 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15377 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
15378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15380 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15381 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15382 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15383 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15384 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15385 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15387 ;;;***
15389 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15390 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
15391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15393 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15394 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15395 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15396 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15397 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15399 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15401 ;;;***
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15404 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15407 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15408 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15409 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15411 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15413 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15414 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15416 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15417 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15418 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15422 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15424 ;;;***
15426 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15427 ;;;;;; (15793 40971))
15428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15430 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15431 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15433 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15434 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15435 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15436 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15438 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15439 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15440 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15441 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15442 is why you need this mode!).
15444 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15445 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15446 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15448 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15450 Keybindings
15451 ===========
15453 \\{octave-mode-map}
15455 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15456 ==============================================
15458 octave-auto-indent
15459 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15460 Default is nil.
15462 octave-auto-newline
15463 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15464 Default is nil.
15466 octave-blink-matching-block
15467 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15468 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15470 octave-block-offset
15471 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15472 Default is 2.
15474 octave-continuation-offset
15475 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15476 Default is 4.
15478 octave-continuation-string
15479 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15480 Default is a backslash.
15482 octave-mode-startup-message
15483 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15484 Default is t.
15486 octave-send-echo-input
15487 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15488 command to the inferior Octave process.
15490 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15491 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15492 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15494 octave-send-echo-input
15495 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15497 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15499 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15500 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15502 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15503 (setq auto-mode-alist
15504 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15506 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15507 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15509 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15510 (lambda ()
15511 (abbrev-mode 1)
15512 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15513 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15514 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15516 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15517 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15518 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15519 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15521 \(fn)" t nil)
15523 ;;;***
15525 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
15526 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
15527 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
15529 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15530 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15531 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15533 \(fn)" t nil)
15535 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15536 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15537 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15538 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15539 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15541 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15543 \(fn)" t nil)
15545 ;;;***
15547 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
15548 ;;;;;; (15855 52571))
15549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
15551 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15552 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15553 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15554 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15556 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15557 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15558 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15559 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15561 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15562 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15563 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15564 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15565 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15566 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15568 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15569 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15570 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15572 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15573 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15574 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15575 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15576 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15577 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15578 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15579 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15580 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15581 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15582 The subheadings remain visible.
15583 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15585 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15586 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15587 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15589 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15590 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
15592 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15593 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15594 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15595 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15599 ;;;***
15601 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15850 54240))
15602 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15604 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15605 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15606 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15608 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
15610 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15612 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
15614 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15615 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15616 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15617 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15619 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15620 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15624 ;;;***
15626 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15736
15627 ;;;;;; 22106))
15628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15630 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15631 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
15632 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15634 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15635 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
15637 Other useful functions are:
15639 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
15640 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
15641 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
15642 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
15643 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
15644 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
15645 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
15646 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
15647 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
15649 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15651 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15652 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15653 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15654 Indentation for case statements.
15655 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15656 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15657 mark after an end.
15658 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15659 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15660 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15661 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15662 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15663 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15664 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15665 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15666 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15667 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15669 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15670 pascal-separator-keywords.
15672 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15673 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15675 \(fn)" t nil)
15677 ;;;***
15679 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15680 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
15681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15683 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15684 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15685 The keys affected are:
15686 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15687 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15688 M-Backspace does undo.
15689 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15690 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15691 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 ;;;***
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15698 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15509 28072))
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15701 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15702 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15703 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15705 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
15707 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15709 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
15711 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15712 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15714 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15716 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15717 which modify the status of the mark.
15719 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15720 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15722 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15723 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15725 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
15726 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
15727 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
15728 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
15729 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
15731 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
15732 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
15734 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
15735 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
15736 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
15738 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
15739 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
15740 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
15742 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
15743 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
15745 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
15746 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
15747 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
15749 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
15750 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
15751 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
15753 F6 other-window
15754 DELETE delete-char
15755 C-DELETE kill-line
15756 M-DELETE kill-word
15757 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
15758 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
15759 M-BACKSPACE undo
15761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15763 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15764 Toggle PC Selection mode.
15765 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
15766 and cursor movement commands.
15767 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15768 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
15770 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15772 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
15774 ;;;***
15776 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
15777 ;;;;;; 49243))
15778 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
15780 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
15781 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
15783 \(fn)" nil nil)
15785 ;;;***
15787 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
15788 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
15791 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15792 Completion for `gzip'.
15794 \(fn)" nil nil)
15796 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15797 Completion for `bzip2'.
15799 \(fn)" nil nil)
15801 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15802 Completion for GNU `make'.
15804 \(fn)" nil nil)
15806 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15807 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
15809 \(fn)" nil nil)
15811 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
15813 ;;;***
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
15816 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
15819 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15820 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
15822 \(fn)" nil nil)
15824 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15825 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
15827 \(fn)" nil nil)
15829 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15830 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
15832 \(fn)" nil nil)
15834 ;;;***
15836 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
15837 ;;;;;; 62672))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
15840 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
15841 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
15842 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
15843 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
15844 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
15845 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
15847 \(fn)" nil nil)
15849 ;;;***
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
15852 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
15853 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
15854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
15856 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15857 Completion for `cd'.
15859 \(fn)" nil nil)
15861 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
15863 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15864 Completion for `rmdir'.
15866 \(fn)" nil nil)
15868 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15869 Completion for `rm'.
15871 \(fn)" nil nil)
15873 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15874 Completion for `xargs'.
15876 \(fn)" nil nil)
15878 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
15880 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15881 Completion for `which'.
15883 \(fn)" nil nil)
15885 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15886 Completion for the `chown' command.
15888 \(fn)" nil nil)
15890 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15891 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
15893 \(fn)" nil nil)
15895 ;;;***
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
15898 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
15899 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15694
15900 ;;;;;; 56048))
15901 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
15903 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
15904 Support extensible programmable completion.
15905 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
15906 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
15908 \(fn)" t nil)
15910 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
15911 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
15913 \(fn)" t nil)
15915 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
15916 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
15917 This will modify the current buffer.
15919 \(fn)" t nil)
15921 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
15922 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
15924 \(fn)" t nil)
15926 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
15927 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
15928 This will modify the current buffer.
15930 \(fn)" t nil)
15932 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
15933 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
15935 \(fn)" t nil)
15937 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
15938 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
15940 \(fn)" t nil)
15942 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
15943 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
15944 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
15945 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
15946 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
15948 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
15950 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
15951 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
15953 \(fn)" nil nil)
15955 ;;;***
15957 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
15958 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
15959 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15855 52571))
15960 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
15962 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
15963 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
15964 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
15965 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15967 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
15969 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
15971 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
15972 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
15973 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
15974 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
15975 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15976 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
15977 FLAGS is ignored.
15979 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
15981 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
15982 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
15983 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
15984 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15985 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
15986 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
15987 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15988 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
15990 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
15992 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
15993 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
15994 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15995 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
15996 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
15997 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15998 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
15999 passed to cvs.
16001 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16003 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16004 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16005 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16006 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16007 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16008 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16009 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16011 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16013 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16015 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16016 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16017 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16019 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16020 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16021 nil means never do it.
16022 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16023 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16024 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16026 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16027 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16028 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16030 ;;;***
16032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15825 47631))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16035 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
16037 ;;;***
16039 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16040 ;;;;;; (15825 47631))
16041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16043 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16044 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16045 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16046 Tab indents for Perl code.
16047 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16048 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16049 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16050 \\{perl-mode-map}
16051 Variables controlling indentation style:
16052 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16053 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16054 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16055 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16056 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16057 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16058 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16059 `perl-nochange'
16060 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16061 `perl-indent-level'
16062 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16063 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16064 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16065 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16066 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16067 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16068 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16069 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16070 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16071 `perl-brace-offset'
16072 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16073 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16074 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16075 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16076 `perl-label-offset'
16077 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16078 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16079 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16081 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16082 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16083 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16084 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16085 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16086 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16087 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16089 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16091 \(fn)" t nil)
16093 ;;;***
16095 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16096 ;;;;;; (15806 54404))
16097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16099 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16100 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16101 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16102 afterwards settable by these commands:
16103 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16104 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16105 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16106 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16107 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16108 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16109 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16110 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16111 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16112 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16113 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16114 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16115 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16116 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16117 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16118 with these commands:
16119 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16120 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16121 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16122 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16123 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16124 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16125 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16126 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16127 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16128 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16129 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16130 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16131 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16132 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16133 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16134 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16135 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16136 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16137 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16138 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16139 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16140 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16141 text is saved in the kill ring.
16142 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16143 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16144 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16145 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16146 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16147 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16148 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16149 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16150 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16151 commands if invoked soon enough.
16152 You can return to the previous mode with:
16153 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16154 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16156 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16158 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16159 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16161 \(fn)" t nil)
16163 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16165 ;;;***
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16168 ;;;;;; (15809 31212))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16171 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16172 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16173 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16175 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16177 ;;;***
16179 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15745 59489))
16180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16182 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16183 Play pong and waste time.
16184 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16185 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16187 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16189 \\{pong-mode-map}
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16193 ;;;***
16195 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16196 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16199 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16200 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16201 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16202 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16204 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16206 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16207 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16208 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16209 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16210 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16212 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16214 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16215 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16216 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16217 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16218 in the variable `values'.
16220 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16222 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16223 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16224 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16225 Ignores leading comment characters.
16227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16229 ;;;***
16231 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
16232 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
16235 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
16236 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
16237 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
16238 Commands:
16239 \\{prolog-mode-map}
16240 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
16241 if that value is non-nil.
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16245 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
16246 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
16248 \(fn)" t nil)
16250 ;;;***
16252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
16255 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
16256 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
16257 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
16259 ;;;***
16261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
16263 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
16265 ;;;***
16267 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
16268 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
16269 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
16270 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
16271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
16273 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
16274 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
16276 Valid values are:
16278 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
16279 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
16280 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
16281 changed by setting the variable
16282 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
16283 The initial value of this variable is
16284 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
16285 documentation).
16287 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
16288 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
16289 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
16290 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
16291 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
16292 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
16293 test it.
16295 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
16296 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
16297 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
16298 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
16299 source file. BDF fonts are included in
16300 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
16301 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
16302 use this value, be sure to have installed
16303 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
16304 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
16305 documentation of this variable).
16307 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
16308 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
16309 characters. This is convenient when you want or
16310 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
16311 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
16312 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
16314 Any other value is treated as nil.")
16316 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16317 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
16318 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
16320 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16322 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16323 Not documented
16325 \(fn)" nil nil)
16327 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
16328 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
16330 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
16332 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16334 Returns the value:
16336 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16338 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16339 the sequence.
16341 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16343 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
16344 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
16346 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
16347 composition.
16349 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16351 Returns the value:
16353 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16355 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16356 the sequence.
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16360 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
16361 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
16363 \(fn)" nil nil)
16365 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
16366 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
16367 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
16369 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
16371 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
16372 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
16374 \(fn)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
16377 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
16378 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
16380 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
16382 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
16383 Not documented
16385 \(fn)" nil nil)
16387 ;;;***
16389 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
16390 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
16391 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
16392 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
16393 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
16394 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (15766
16395 ;;;;;; 29665))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
16398 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
16399 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
16400 See `ps-paper-type'.")
16402 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
16403 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
16404 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
16405 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
16407 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
16408 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
16410 Valid values are:
16412 nil Do not print colors.
16414 t Print colors.
16416 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
16417 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
16419 Any other value is treated as t.")
16421 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
16422 Customization of ps-print group.
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16426 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16427 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16429 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16430 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
16431 sending it to the printer.
16433 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16434 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16435 image in a file with that name.
16437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16439 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16440 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16441 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16442 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16443 so it has a way to determine color values.
16445 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16447 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
16448 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16449 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
16451 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16453 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16454 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16455 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16456 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16457 so it has a way to determine color values.
16459 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16461 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16462 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16463 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
16464 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
16466 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16468 \(fn)" t nil)
16470 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16471 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16472 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16473 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16474 so it has a way to determine color values.
16476 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16478 \(fn)" t nil)
16480 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
16481 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16482 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
16484 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16488 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16489 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16490 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16491 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16492 so it has a way to determine color values.
16494 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16498 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
16499 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16502 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16503 instead of sending it to the printer.
16505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16506 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16507 image in a file with that name.
16509 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16511 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
16512 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
16513 Done using the current ps-print setup.
16514 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
16515 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
16517 \(fn)" t nil)
16519 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16520 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
16521 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16523 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16525 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
16526 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
16527 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16529 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16531 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
16532 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
16534 \(fn)" nil nil)
16536 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
16537 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16539 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
16540 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16542 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16543 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16545 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
16547 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
16549 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16551 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
16552 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16554 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
16555 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16557 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16558 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16560 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
16562 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
16564 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
16566 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
16567 foreground and background colors respectively.
16569 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
16570 bold - use bold font.
16571 italic - use italic font.
16572 underline - put a line under text.
16573 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
16574 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
16575 shadow - text will have a shadow.
16576 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
16577 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
16579 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
16581 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16583 ;;;***
16585 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
16586 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
16587 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
16588 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
16589 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15821 45612))
16590 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
16592 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
16593 Return the title of the current Quail package.
16595 \(fn)" nil nil)
16597 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
16598 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
16599 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
16601 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
16602 `quail-activate', which see.
16604 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
16606 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
16607 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
16608 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
16609 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
16610 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
16611 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
16612 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
16614 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
16615 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
16616 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
16617 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
16618 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
16619 shown.
16620 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
16622 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
16623 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
16624 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
16625 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
16626 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
16627 list of candidates.
16629 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
16630 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
16631 command to be called.
16633 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
16634 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
16635 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
16636 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
16638 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
16639 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
16640 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
16641 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
16642 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
16643 to t.
16645 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
16646 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
16647 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
16648 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
16650 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
16651 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
16652 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
16653 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
16655 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
16656 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
16657 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
16658 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
16659 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
16660 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
16662 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
16663 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
16664 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
16665 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
16666 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
16667 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
16669 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
16670 covers Quail translation region.
16672 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
16673 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
16674 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
16675 for it) is inserted.
16677 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
16678 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
16679 vs. corresponding command to be called.
16681 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
16682 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
16683 non-Quail commands.
16685 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16688 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
16690 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
16691 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
16692 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
16693 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
16694 you type is correctly handled.
16696 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
16698 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16699 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
16701 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
16702 keyboard type.
16704 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
16706 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
16707 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
16708 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
16709 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16710 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
16711 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16712 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16713 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16714 for the translation.
16715 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
16717 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
16718 it is used to handle KEY.
16720 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
16721 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
16722 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
16723 the following annotation types are supported.
16725 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
16726 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
16728 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
16729 candidate list.
16731 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
16732 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
16733 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
16734 inserted.
16736 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
16737 generated for the following translations.
16739 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
16741 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
16742 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
16744 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
16745 which to install MAP.
16747 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
16749 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
16751 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
16752 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
16754 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
16755 which to install MAP.
16757 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
16759 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
16761 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
16762 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
16763 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16764 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
16765 a function, or a cons.
16766 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16767 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16768 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16769 for the translation.
16770 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
16771 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
16772 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
16773 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
16774 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
16776 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
16777 it is used to handle KEY.
16779 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
16780 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
16781 current Quail package.
16783 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
16784 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
16786 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
16788 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
16789 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
16791 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
16792 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
16794 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
16796 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
16797 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
16799 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
16801 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
16802 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
16803 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
16804 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
16805 of the Emacs source tree.
16807 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
16808 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
16810 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
16811 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
16812 of each directory.
16814 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
16816 ;;;***
16818 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
16819 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
16820 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
16821 ;;;;;; 56483))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
16824 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
16825 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
16826 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
16827 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
16829 To make use of this do something like:
16831 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
16833 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
16835 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
16836 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
16838 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
16839 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
16840 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
16842 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
16844 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
16845 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
16847 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
16849 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
16850 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
16852 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
16853 is decided.
16855 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
16857 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
16858 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
16860 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
16861 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
16862 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
16864 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
16866 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
16867 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
16869 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
16871 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
16872 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
16874 \(fn)" t nil)
16876 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
16877 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
16879 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
16881 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
16883 \(fn)" t nil)
16885 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
16886 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
16888 \(fn)" t nil)
16890 ;;;***
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
16893 ;;;;;; 23455))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
16896 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
16897 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
16898 See \\[compile].
16900 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
16902 ;;;***
16904 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
16905 ;;;;;; (15832 11577))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
16908 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
16909 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
16911 \(fn)" t nil)
16913 ;;;***
16915 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
16916 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
16917 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 4605))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
16920 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
16921 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'.
16923 \(fn)" t nil)
16925 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
16926 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list.
16928 \(fn)" t nil)
16930 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
16931 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'.
16933 \(fn)" t nil)
16935 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
16936 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
16937 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
16938 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
16939 which buffer to use for the interaction.
16941 \(fn &optional FILES BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16943 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
16944 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu.
16946 \(fn)" t nil)
16948 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
16949 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
16950 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16952 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
16954 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16956 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
16958 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
16959 Toggle recentf mode.
16960 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16961 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16963 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
16964 were operated on recently.
16966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16968 ;;;***
16970 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
16971 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
16972 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
16973 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15670
16974 ;;;;;; 23755))
16975 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
16977 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
16978 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
16979 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
16980 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
16982 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
16984 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
16986 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
16987 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
16988 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
16989 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
16990 ends.
16992 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16993 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
16994 to be deleted.
16996 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16998 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
16999 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17000 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17002 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17003 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17004 deleted.
17006 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17008 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17009 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17010 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17012 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
17014 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
17015 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
17017 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17018 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
17020 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17021 deleted.
17023 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17025 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
17026 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
17028 \(fn)" t nil)
17030 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17031 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
17032 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
17033 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
17034 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
17035 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
17036 and point is at the lower right corner.
17038 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
17040 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
17041 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17043 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
17044 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
17046 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17047 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
17048 on the right side of the rectangle.
17050 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17052 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
17054 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
17055 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
17056 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
17057 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
17058 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
17060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17061 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
17063 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17065 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
17066 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
17067 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
17069 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
17071 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17073 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
17075 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17076 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17078 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17079 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
17080 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
17082 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17084 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
17085 Blank out the region-rectangle.
17086 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
17088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
17090 rectangle which were empty.
17092 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17094 ;;;***
17096 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15832
17097 ;;;;;; 33698))
17098 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
17100 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17101 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17102 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17104 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17105 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17106 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17110 ;;;***
17112 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
17113 ;;;;;; (15789 45739))
17114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17116 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17117 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17119 \(fn)" nil nil)
17121 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17122 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
17124 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
17125 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
17127 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
17128 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17129 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17130 \\ref macro.
17132 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
17133 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17134 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
17136 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17137 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17138 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
17140 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17141 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17143 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17144 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
17146 \\{reftex-mode-map}
17147 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17148 on the menu bar.
17150 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17154 ;;;***
17156 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17157 ;;;;;; (15714 7356))
17158 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17160 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17161 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17162 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17163 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
17164 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17165 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17167 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17169 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17171 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17172 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17173 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
17174 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17176 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17177 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17178 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17179 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
17181 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
17183 ;;;***
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
17186 ;;;;;; (15723 19553))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
17189 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
17190 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
17191 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
17193 To insert new phrases, use
17194 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
17195 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
17197 To index phrases use one of:
17199 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
17200 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
17201 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
17202 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
17203 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
17205 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
17206 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
17208 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
17210 Here are all local bindings.
17212 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
17214 \(fn)" t nil)
17216 ;;;***
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
17219 ;;;;;; (15631 43946))
17220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
17222 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
17223 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
17224 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
17225 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
17226 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
17227 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
17229 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
17230 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
17232 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
17233 by \\=\\< and \\>.
17235 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
17237 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
17238 Return the depth of REGEXP.
17239 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
17240 in REGEXP.
17242 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
17244 ;;;***
17246 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
17249 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
17250 Repeat most recently executed command.
17251 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
17252 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
17253 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
17255 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
17256 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
17257 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
17259 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
17261 ;;;***
17263 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
17264 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
17265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
17267 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
17268 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
17270 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
17271 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
17272 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
17273 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
17274 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
17275 and point is left after the salutation.
17277 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
17278 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
17279 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
17280 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
17281 left after that text.
17283 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
17284 is non-nil.
17286 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
17287 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
17288 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
17289 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
17291 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
17293 ;;;***
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
17296 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
17299 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
17300 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
17301 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
17302 visibility of comments that precede it.
17303 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
17304 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
17305 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
17306 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
17307 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
17308 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
17309 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
17310 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
17311 the comment lines.
17312 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
17313 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
17314 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
17315 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
17316 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
17318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17319 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
17321 ;;;***
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
17324 ;;;;;; 50658))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
17327 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
17328 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
17330 \(fn)" nil nil)
17332 ;;;***
17334 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
17335 ;;;;;; (15833 48263))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
17338 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17339 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
17340 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17342 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17343 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17344 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17348 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
17349 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
17350 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17351 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17352 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
17354 (custom-add-to-group (quote reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17356 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
17358 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17359 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
17360 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17362 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17363 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17364 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17368 ;;;***
17370 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
17371 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
17372 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
17373 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
17375 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
17376 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17377 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
17378 If emacs is not running under a window system,
17379 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
17381 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
17382 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17383 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
17384 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
17385 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
17387 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
17388 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
17389 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17391 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
17393 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17395 (custom-add-load (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
17397 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
17398 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
17399 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
17400 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
17401 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
17402 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
17403 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
17405 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17406 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
17413 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
17416 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
17417 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
17419 \(fn X)" nil nil)
17421 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
17422 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
17424 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
17426 ;;;***
17428 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
17429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
17430 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17432 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
17433 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
17434 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
17435 other arguments for `rlogin'.
17437 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
17439 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
17440 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
17441 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
17442 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
17444 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
17445 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
17447 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
17448 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
17450 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
17451 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
17452 INPUT-ARGS.
17454 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
17455 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
17456 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
17457 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
17458 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
17460 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
17461 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
17462 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
17463 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
17465 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
17466 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
17467 variable.
17469 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
17471 ;;;***
17473 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
17474 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
17475 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
17476 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
17477 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
17478 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
17479 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15847 42307))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
17482 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17483 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17484 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
17485 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
17487 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
17488 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
17489 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
17490 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
17491 value is the user's email address and name.)
17492 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
17494 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
17495 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
17496 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
17497 which normally happens once for each message,
17498 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
17499 To make a change in this variable take effect
17500 for a message that you have already viewed,
17501 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
17503 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
17504 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
17505 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
17506 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
17508 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
17509 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
17511 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
17512 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
17513 A value of nil means don't highlight.
17514 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
17516 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
17517 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
17519 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
17520 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
17522 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
17523 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
17524 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
17525 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
17526 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
17528 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
17529 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
17531 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
17532 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
17534 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
17535 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
17537 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
17538 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
17540 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
17541 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
17543 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
17544 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
17546 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
17547 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
17549 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
17550 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
17552 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
17553 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
17554 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
17555 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
17557 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
17558 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
17560 This is set to nil by default.")
17562 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
17563 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
17564 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
17565 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
17566 until a user explicitly requires it.")
17568 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
17569 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
17570 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17571 It is called with no argument.")
17573 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
17574 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
17575 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
17576 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
17577 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17578 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17579 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17581 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
17582 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
17583 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17584 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17585 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17586 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17588 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
17589 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
17590 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17591 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
17592 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
17594 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
17595 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
17596 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17597 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
17598 MSG is the message number,
17599 REGEXP is the regular expression,
17600 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
17602 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
17603 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
17604 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
17605 this feature is required with `require'.")
17607 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
17608 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
17609 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
17610 the message is decoded as normal way.
17612 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
17613 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
17614 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
17616 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
17617 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
17618 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
17620 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
17621 Read and edit incoming mail.
17622 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
17623 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
17624 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
17626 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
17627 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
17628 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
17629 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
17631 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
17633 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
17635 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
17636 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
17637 All normal editing commands are turned off.
17638 Instead, these commands are available:
17640 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
17641 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
17642 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
17643 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
17644 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
17645 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
17646 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
17647 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
17648 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
17649 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
17650 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
17651 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
17652 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
17653 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
17654 till a deleted message is found.
17655 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
17656 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
17657 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
17658 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
17659 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
17660 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
17661 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
17662 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
17663 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
17664 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
17665 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
17666 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
17667 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
17668 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
17669 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
17670 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
17671 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
17672 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
17673 (label defaults to last one specified).
17674 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
17675 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
17676 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
17677 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
17678 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
17679 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
17680 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
17681 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
17682 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
17684 \(fn)" t nil)
17686 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
17687 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
17689 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17691 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
17692 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
17694 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
17696 ;;;***
17698 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
17699 ;;;;;; (15828 34220))
17700 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
17702 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
17703 Edit the contents of this message.
17705 \(fn)" t nil)
17707 ;;;***
17709 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
17710 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
17711 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
17712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
17714 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17715 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17716 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17718 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17720 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17721 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17722 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17724 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17726 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17727 Not documented
17729 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
17731 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
17732 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
17733 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
17734 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
17735 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
17737 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
17740 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
17741 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
17742 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
17743 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
17745 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
17747 ;;;***
17749 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
17750 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
17753 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
17754 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
17755 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
17756 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
17758 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
17760 ;;;***
17762 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
17763 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
17764 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15185 49575))
17765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
17767 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
17768 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
17769 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
17770 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
17771 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
17772 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
17773 a file name as a string.")
17775 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
17776 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
17777 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
17778 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
17779 buffer visiting that file.
17780 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
17781 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
17783 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
17784 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
17786 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
17787 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
17789 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
17790 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
17792 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
17794 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
17795 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
17797 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
17798 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
17799 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
17800 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
17801 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
17803 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
17804 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
17805 will be appended with their original headers.
17807 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
17808 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
17810 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
17811 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
17813 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
17815 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
17817 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
17818 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
17819 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
17821 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
17823 ;;;***
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
17826 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
17827 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
17828 ;;;;;; 49575))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
17831 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
17832 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
17833 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17835 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17837 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
17838 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
17839 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17841 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17843 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
17844 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
17845 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17847 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17849 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
17850 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
17851 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17853 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17855 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
17856 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
17857 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17859 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17861 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
17862 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
17863 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17865 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17867 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
17868 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
17869 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17870 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
17872 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
17874 ;;;***
17876 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
17877 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
17878 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
17879 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
17880 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 48498))
17881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
17883 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
17884 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
17886 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
17887 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
17889 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
17890 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
17892 \(fn)" t nil)
17894 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
17895 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
17896 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
17898 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
17900 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
17901 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
17902 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
17903 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
17904 only look in the To and From fields.
17905 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
17907 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
17909 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
17910 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
17911 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
17912 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
17913 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
17915 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
17917 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
17918 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
17919 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
17920 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
17921 look in the whole message.
17922 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
17924 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
17926 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
17927 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
17928 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
17930 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
17932 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
17933 *Function to decode summary-line.
17935 By default, `identity' is set.")
17937 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
17938 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
17939 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
17940 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
17941 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
17942 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
17943 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
17945 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
17946 sent by you under different user names.
17947 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
17949 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
17951 ;;;***
17953 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
17954 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
17957 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
17958 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
17959 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
17960 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
17962 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
17964 ;;;***
17966 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
17967 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15600 5650))
17968 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
17970 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
17971 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
17973 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
17975 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
17976 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
17978 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17980 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
17981 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
17983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17985 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
17986 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
17987 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
17989 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
17990 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
17991 in rot 13.
17993 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
17995 \(fn)" t nil)
17997 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
17998 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
18000 \(fn)" t nil)
18002 ;;;***
18004 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
18005 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
18006 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
18007 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
18008 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
18011 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
18012 *This variable is obsolete.")
18014 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18016 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
18018 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
18019 *This variable is obsolete.")
18021 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
18022 *This variable is obsolete.")
18024 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
18025 *This variable is obsolete.")
18027 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
18028 *This variable is obsolete.")
18030 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
18031 *This variable is obsolete.")
18033 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
18034 This function is obsolete.
18036 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
18038 ;;;***
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15744
18041 ;;;;;; 2097))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
18044 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
18045 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
18047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18049 ;;;***
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15736
18052 ;;;;;; 21956))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
18055 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
18056 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
18057 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
18058 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
18060 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
18062 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
18063 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
18064 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
18066 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
18067 notation.
18069 STRING
18070 matches string STRING literally.
18072 CHAR
18073 matches character CHAR literally.
18075 `not-newline'
18076 matches any character except a newline.
18078 `anything'
18079 matches any character
18081 `(any SET)'
18082 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
18083 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
18085 '(in SET)'
18086 like `any'.
18088 `(not (any SET))'
18089 matches any character not in SET
18091 `line-start'
18092 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
18093 in the text being matched
18095 `line-end'
18096 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
18098 `string-start'
18099 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18100 string being matched against.
18102 `string-end'
18103 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18104 string being matched against.
18106 `buffer-start'
18107 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18108 buffer being matched against.
18110 `buffer-end'
18111 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18112 buffer being matched against.
18114 `point'
18115 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18117 `word-start'
18118 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18119 word.
18121 `word-end'
18122 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
18124 `word-boundary'
18125 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18126 word.
18128 `(not word-boundary)'
18129 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
18130 word.
18132 `digit'
18133 matches 0 through 9.
18135 `control'
18136 matches ASCII control characters.
18138 `hex-digit'
18139 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
18141 `blank'
18142 matches space and tab only.
18144 `graphic'
18145 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
18146 space, and DEL.
18148 `printing'
18149 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
18150 and DEL.
18152 `alphanumeric'
18153 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18154 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18156 `letter'
18157 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18158 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18160 `ascii'
18161 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
18163 `nonascii'
18164 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
18166 `lower'
18167 matches anything lower-case.
18169 `upper'
18170 matches anything upper-case.
18172 `punctuation'
18173 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18174 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
18176 `space'
18177 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
18179 `word'
18180 matches anything that has word syntax.
18182 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
18183 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
18184 of the following symbols.
18186 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
18187 `punctuation' (\\s.)
18188 `word' (\\sw)
18189 `symbol' (\\s_)
18190 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
18191 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
18192 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
18193 `string-quote' (\\s\")
18194 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
18195 `escape' (\\s\\)
18196 `character-quote' (\\s/)
18197 `comment-start' (\\s<)
18198 `comment-end' (\\s>)
18200 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
18201 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
18203 `(category CATEGORY)'
18204 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
18205 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
18207 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
18208 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
18209 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
18210 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
18211 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
18212 `symbol' (\\c5)
18213 `digit' (\\c6)
18214 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
18215 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
18216 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
18217 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
18218 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
18219 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
18220 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
18221 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
18222 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
18223 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
18224 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
18225 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
18226 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
18227 `ascii' (\\ca)
18228 `arabic' (\\cb)
18229 `chinese' (\\cc)
18230 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
18231 `greek' (\\cg)
18232 `korean' (\\ch)
18233 `indian' (\\ci)
18234 `japanese' (\\cj)
18235 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
18236 `latin' (\\cl)
18237 `lao' (\\co)
18238 `tibetan' (\\cq)
18239 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
18240 `thai' (\\ct)
18241 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
18242 `hebrew' (\\cw)
18243 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
18244 `can-break' (\\c|)
18246 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
18247 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
18249 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18250 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
18252 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18253 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
18254 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
18256 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18257 another name for `submatch'.
18259 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18260 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
18261 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
18262 regular expression.
18264 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
18265 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
18266 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
18267 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
18268 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
18270 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
18271 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
18273 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
18274 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18276 `(0+ SEXP)'
18277 like `zero-or-more'.
18279 `(* SEXP)'
18280 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18282 `(*? SEXP)'
18283 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18285 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
18286 matches one or more occurrences of A.
18288 `(1+ SEXP)'
18289 like `one-or-more'.
18291 `(+ SEXP)'
18292 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18294 `(+? SEXP)'
18295 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18297 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
18298 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
18300 `(optional SEXP)'
18301 like `zero-or-one'.
18303 `(? SEXP)'
18304 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18306 `(?? SEXP)'
18307 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18309 `(repeat N SEXP)'
18310 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18312 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
18313 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18315 `(eval FORM)'
18316 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
18317 `regexp-quote' it.
18319 `(regexp REGEXP)'
18320 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
18322 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
18324 ;;;***
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
18327 ;;;;;; (15809 31211))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
18330 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
18331 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
18332 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18334 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
18335 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
18336 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
18337 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
18338 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
18339 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
18340 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
18341 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
18343 Commands:
18344 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18345 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18346 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18347 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
18348 if that value is non-nil.
18350 \(fn)" t nil)
18352 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
18353 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
18354 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18356 Commands:
18357 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18358 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18359 \\{scheme-mode-map}
18360 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
18361 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
18362 that variable's value is a string.
18364 \(fn)" t nil)
18366 ;;;***
18368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
18369 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
18372 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
18373 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
18374 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
18376 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
18378 \(fn)" t nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
18383 ;;;;;; 10702))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
18386 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
18387 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
18388 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
18389 \\{scribe-mode-map}
18391 Interesting variables:
18393 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
18394 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
18396 `scribe-electric-quote'
18397 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
18399 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
18400 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
18401 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
18403 ;;;***
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
18406 ;;;;;; (15838 62848))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
18409 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
18410 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
18411 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18413 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
18415 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18417 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
18419 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
18420 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
18421 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
18422 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
18423 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
18425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18427 ;;;***
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
18430 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
18431 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
18432 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
18433 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
18434 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15841 15770))
18435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
18437 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
18438 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
18440 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
18441 king@grassland.com
18442 If `parens', they look like:
18443 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
18444 If `angles', they look like:
18445 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
18446 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
18447 derived from the envelope-from address.
18449 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
18450 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
18451 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
18452 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
18454 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
18455 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
18456 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
18457 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
18459 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
18460 is a privileged operation.")
18462 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
18463 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
18464 This is done when the message is initialized,
18465 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
18467 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
18468 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
18469 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
18471 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
18472 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
18474 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
18475 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
18476 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
18477 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
18478 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
18479 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
18480 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
18482 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
18483 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
18485 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
18486 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
18487 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
18489 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
18490 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
18491 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
18492 when you first send mail.")
18494 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
18495 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
18496 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
18497 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
18498 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
18500 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
18501 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
18502 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
18503 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
18504 This file need not actually exist.")
18506 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
18507 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
18508 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
18509 If a string, that string is inserted.
18510 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
18511 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
18512 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
18513 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
18515 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
18516 *Directory for mail buffers.
18517 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
18518 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
18520 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
18521 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
18522 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
18523 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
18524 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18525 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
18526 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
18527 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
18528 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
18529 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
18530 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
18531 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
18532 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
18533 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
18534 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
18536 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
18537 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18538 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18539 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
18540 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18541 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18543 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
18544 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18545 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
18547 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
18548 User should not set this variable manually,
18549 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
18550 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
18551 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18552 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
18554 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
18555 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
18556 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
18557 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
18559 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
18560 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
18562 \\<mail-mode-map>
18563 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
18565 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
18566 to move to message header fields:
18567 \\{mail-mode-map}
18569 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
18570 when the message is initialized.
18572 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
18573 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
18575 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
18576 is inserted.
18578 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
18579 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
18581 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
18582 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
18584 The second through fifth arguments,
18585 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
18586 the initial contents of those header fields.
18587 These arguments should not have final newlines.
18588 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
18589 original message being replied to, or else an action
18590 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
18591 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
18592 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
18593 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
18594 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
18595 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
18597 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
18599 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
18600 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18602 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18604 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
18605 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18607 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18609 ;;;***
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15813 22869))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
18614 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
18615 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
18616 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
18617 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
18618 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
18619 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
18621 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
18623 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
18625 ;;;***
18627 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15765 63714))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
18630 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
18631 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
18633 Key definitions:
18634 \\{ses-mode-map}
18635 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
18636 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
18637 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
18638 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
18640 \(fn)" t nil)
18642 ;;;***
18644 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
18645 ;;;;;; (15832 31243))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
18648 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18649 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
18650 Makes > match <.
18651 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
18652 `sgml-quick-keys'.
18654 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
18655 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
18656 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
18658 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
18659 your `.emacs' file.
18661 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
18663 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
18664 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
18665 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
18667 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18668 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
18669 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
18670 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
18671 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
18672 which this is based.
18674 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
18676 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
18677 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
18678 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
18679 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
18681 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
18682 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
18683 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
18685 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
18686 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
18687 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
18688 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
18690 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
18691 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
18692 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
18693 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
18695 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
18697 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
18698 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
18699 To work around that, do:
18700 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
18702 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
18704 ;;;***
18706 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
18707 ;;;;;; (15806 54404))
18708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
18710 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
18712 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
18713 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
18714 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
18715 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
18716 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
18717 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
18719 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
18720 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
18721 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
18722 shell-specific features.
18724 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
18725 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
18726 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
18728 \\[sh-case] case statement
18729 \\[sh-for] for loop
18730 \\[sh-function] function definition
18731 \\[sh-if] if statement
18732 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
18733 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
18734 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
18735 \\[sh-select] select loop
18736 \\[sh-until] until loop
18737 \\[sh-while] while loop
18739 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
18740 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
18741 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
18742 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
18743 would indent to the way it currently is.
18744 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
18745 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
18748 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
18749 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
18750 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
18751 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
18752 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
18753 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
18755 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
18756 {, (, [, ', \", `
18757 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
18759 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
18760 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
18761 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
18763 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
18764 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
18766 \(fn)" t nil)
18768 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
18770 ;;;***
18772 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
18773 ;;;;;; (15834 22644))
18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
18776 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
18777 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
18779 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
18780 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
18781 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
18782 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
18783 the earlier.
18785 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
18787 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
18789 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
18790 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
18791 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
18793 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
18794 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
18796 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
18797 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
18798 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
18799 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
18800 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
18801 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
18802 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
18803 emacs version).
18805 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
18806 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
18807 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
18808 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
18809 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
18811 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
18812 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
18813 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
18815 \(fn)" t nil)
18817 ;;;***
18819 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
18820 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15508
18821 ;;;;;; 64852))
18822 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
18824 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
18825 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
18826 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
18827 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
18828 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
18829 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
18830 in the cluster.
18832 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18834 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
18835 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
18836 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
18837 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
18838 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18842 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
18843 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
18844 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
18845 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
18846 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
18847 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
18848 `shadow-define-cluster').
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18852 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
18853 Set up file shadowing.
18855 \(fn)" t nil)
18857 ;;;***
18859 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
18860 ;;;;;; (15831 63940))
18861 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
18863 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
18864 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
18865 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
18866 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
18867 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
18868 arguments.")
18870 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
18871 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
18872 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
18873 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
18874 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
18875 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
18876 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
18877 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
18878 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
18879 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
18880 discards input when it starts up.)
18881 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
18882 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
18883 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
18885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
18886 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
18887 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
18888 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
18889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
18890 `default-process-coding-system'.
18892 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
18893 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
18894 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
18895 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
18897 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
18899 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18900 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
18902 ;;;***
18904 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15719
18905 ;;;;;; 38782))
18906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
18908 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
18909 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
18910 \\{simula-mode-map}
18911 Variables controlling indentation style:
18912 simula-tab-always-indent
18913 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
18914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18915 simula-indent-level
18916 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
18917 simula-substatement-offset
18918 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
18919 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
18920 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
18921 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
18922 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
18923 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
18924 simula-label-offset -4711
18925 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
18926 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
18927 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
18928 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
18929 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
18930 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
18931 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
18932 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
18933 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
18934 simula-electric-indent nil
18935 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
18936 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
18937 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
18938 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
18939 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
18940 or nil if they should not be changed.
18941 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
18942 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
18943 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
18944 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
18946 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
18947 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
18949 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
18950 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
18951 at all.
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18955 ;;;***
18957 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
18958 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
18959 ;;;;;; (15585 7091))
18960 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
18962 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
18963 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
18965 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
18966 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
18967 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
18968 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
18969 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
18971 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
18973 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
18974 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
18975 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
18976 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
18977 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
18978 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
18979 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
18981 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
18982 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
18983 ignored.
18985 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
18987 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
18988 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
18989 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
18990 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
18991 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
18992 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
18993 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
18995 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
18996 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
18997 ignored.
18999 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
19001 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
19002 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
19004 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
19005 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
19006 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
19007 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
19009 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
19010 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
19011 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
19012 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
19014 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
19015 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
19016 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
19018 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
19019 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
19021 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
19022 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
19024 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
19025 _ interesting point, interregion here
19026 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
19027 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
19028 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
19029 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
19030 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
19031 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
19032 nil skipped
19034 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
19035 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
19037 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
19038 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
19039 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
19040 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
19041 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
19042 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
19043 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
19044 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
19046 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
19047 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
19048 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
19049 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
19050 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
19051 available:
19053 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
19054 then: insert previously read string once more
19055 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
19056 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
19057 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
19059 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
19060 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.
19062 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
19064 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
19065 Insert the character you type ARG times.
19067 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
19068 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
19069 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
19070 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
19071 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
19072 such as backslash.
19074 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
19075 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
19076 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
19078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19080 ;;;***
19082 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
19083 ;;;;;; (15781 47404))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
19086 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
19087 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
19088 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
19089 buffer names.
19091 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
19093 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
19094 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
19095 \\{smerge-mode-map}
19097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19099 ;;;***
19101 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
19102 ;;;;;; (15847 42307))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
19105 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
19106 Display textual smileys as images.
19107 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
19108 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
19109 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
19111 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19113 ;;;***
19115 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
19116 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15869 9800))
19117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
19119 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
19120 Not documented
19122 \(fn)" nil nil)
19124 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
19125 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19129 ;;;***
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
19134 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
19135 Play the Snake game.
19136 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
19138 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
19140 Snake mode keybindings:
19141 \\<snake-mode-map>
19142 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
19143 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
19144 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
19145 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
19146 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
19147 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
19148 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19152 ;;;***
19154 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
19155 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
19158 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19159 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
19160 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19161 Tab indents for C code.
19162 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19163 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19164 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19165 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
19166 `snmp-mode-hook'.
19168 \(fn)" t nil)
19170 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19171 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
19172 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19173 Tab indents for C code.
19174 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19175 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19176 \\{snmp-mode-map}
19177 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
19178 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
19180 \(fn)" t nil)
19182 ;;;***
19184 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
19185 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
19186 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15855 52571))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
19189 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
19190 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
19192 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
19193 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
19194 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
19196 For example, the form
19198 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
19199 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
19201 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
19203 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
19204 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19206 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19207 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
19208 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
19209 York City.
19211 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19213 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
19214 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19216 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19217 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
19218 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
19219 York City.
19221 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19223 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
19224 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
19225 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
19226 pair.
19228 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19230 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
19231 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
19232 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
19234 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
19235 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
19237 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
19239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19241 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
19242 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
19243 Requires floating point.
19245 \(fn)" nil nil)
19247 ;;;***
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15543
19250 ;;;;;; 12464))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
19253 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
19254 Play Solitaire.
19256 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
19257 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
19258 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
19259 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
19260 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
19261 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
19262 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
19263 check after each move or undo)
19265 What is Solitaire?
19267 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
19268 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
19269 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
19271 Le Solitaire
19272 ============
19274 o o o
19276 o o o
19278 o o o o o o o
19280 o o o . o o o
19282 o o o o o o o
19284 o o o
19286 o o o
19288 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
19289 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
19290 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
19291 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
19293 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
19294 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
19295 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
19296 this: o o .
19298 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
19299 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
19301 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
19303 o o o
19305 . o o
19307 o o . o o o o
19309 o . o o o o o
19311 o o o o o o o
19313 o o o
19315 o o o
19317 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
19319 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
19321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19323 ;;;***
19325 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
19326 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
19327 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15542 22464))
19328 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
19330 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
19331 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
19332 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
19334 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
19335 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
19336 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
19337 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
19338 contiguous.
19340 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
19341 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
19342 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19343 the sort order.
19345 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
19346 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
19348 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
19349 It moves point to the start of the next record.
19350 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
19351 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
19352 is called.
19354 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
19355 It should move point to the end of the record.
19357 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
19358 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
19359 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
19360 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
19361 starts at the beginning of the record.
19363 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
19364 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
19365 same as ENDRECFUN.
19367 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN)" nil nil)
19369 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
19370 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19371 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19372 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19373 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19374 the sort order.
19376 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19378 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
19379 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19380 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19381 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19382 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19383 the sort order.
19385 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19387 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
19388 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19389 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19390 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19391 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19392 the sort order.
19394 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19396 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
19397 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
19398 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19399 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
19400 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
19401 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
19402 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19403 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19404 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19406 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19408 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
19409 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
19410 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19411 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19412 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19413 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19414 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19415 the sort order.
19417 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19419 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
19420 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
19421 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
19422 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
19423 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
19424 is to be used for sorting.
19425 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
19426 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
19427 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
19428 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
19429 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
19431 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
19433 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19434 the sort order.
19436 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
19437 starting with the letter \"f\",
19438 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
19440 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
19442 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
19443 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
19444 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
19445 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
19446 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
19447 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
19448 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19449 the sort order.
19451 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
19452 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
19453 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
19454 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
19455 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
19457 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
19459 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
19460 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
19461 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
19463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19465 ;;;***
19467 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
19468 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15858 27206))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
19471 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
19473 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
19474 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
19475 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
19476 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
19477 supported at a time.
19478 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
19479 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
19481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19483 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
19484 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
19485 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
19486 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
19488 \(fn)" t nil)
19490 ;;;***
19492 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
19493 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
19494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
19496 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
19498 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
19499 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
19500 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
19501 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
19502 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
19503 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
19505 \(fn)" t nil)
19507 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
19508 Check spelling of word at or before point.
19509 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
19510 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
19512 \(fn)" t nil)
19514 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
19515 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
19516 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
19517 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
19518 for example, \"word\".
19520 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
19522 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
19523 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
19525 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19527 ;;;***
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
19530 ;;;;;; 44944))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
19533 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
19534 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
19536 \(fn)" t nil)
19538 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
19539 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
19541 \(fn)" nil nil)
19543 ;;;***
19545 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
19546 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase
19547 ;;;;;; sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15837
19548 ;;;;;; 7290))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
19551 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
19552 Show short help for the SQL modes.
19554 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
19555 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
19557 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
19559 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
19560 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
19562 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
19564 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
19565 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
19566 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
19567 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
19568 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
19569 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
19570 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
19571 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
19573 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
19575 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
19576 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
19577 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
19578 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
19580 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
19581 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
19582 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
19583 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
19585 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
19586 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
19587 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
19589 \(fn)" t nil)
19591 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
19592 Major mode to edit SQL.
19594 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
19595 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
19596 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
19598 \\{sql-mode-map}
19599 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
19601 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
19602 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
19603 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
19604 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
19605 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
19606 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
19608 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
19609 `sql-interactive-mode'.
19611 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
19612 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
19613 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
19615 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
19616 (lambda ()
19617 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
19619 \(fn)" t nil)
19621 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
19622 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
19624 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19625 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19626 `*SQL*'.
19628 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
19629 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
19630 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
19631 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
19633 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19634 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19636 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19637 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19638 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19639 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19640 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19641 `default-process-coding-system'.
19643 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19645 \(fn)" t nil)
19647 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
19648 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
19650 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19651 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19652 `*SQL*'.
19654 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
19655 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
19656 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19657 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
19659 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19660 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19662 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19663 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19664 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19665 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19666 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19667 `default-process-coding-system'.
19669 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19671 \(fn)" t nil)
19673 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
19674 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
19676 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19677 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19678 `*SQL*'.
19680 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
19681 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
19683 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19684 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19686 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19687 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19688 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19689 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19690 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19691 `default-process-coding-system'.
19693 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19695 \(fn)" t nil)
19697 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
19698 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
19700 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
19702 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19703 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19704 `*SQL*'.
19706 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
19707 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
19708 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19709 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
19711 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19712 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19714 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19715 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19716 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19717 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19718 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19719 `default-process-coding-system'.
19721 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19723 \(fn)" t nil)
19725 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
19726 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
19728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19730 `*SQL*'.
19732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
19733 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
19734 defaults, if set.
19736 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19737 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19739 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19740 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19741 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19742 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19743 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19744 `default-process-coding-system'.
19746 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19748 \(fn)" t nil)
19750 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
19751 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
19753 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19754 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19755 `*SQL*'.
19757 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
19758 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
19760 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19761 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19763 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19764 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19765 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19766 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19767 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19768 `default-process-coding-system'.
19770 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19772 \(fn)" t nil)
19774 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
19775 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
19777 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19778 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19779 `*SQL*'.
19781 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
19782 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
19783 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
19784 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
19786 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19787 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19789 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19790 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19791 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19792 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19793 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19794 `default-process-coding-system'.
19796 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19798 \(fn)" t nil)
19800 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
19801 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
19803 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19804 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19805 `*SQL*'.
19807 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
19808 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
19809 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
19810 `sql-postgres-options'.
19812 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19813 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19815 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19816 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19817 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19818 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19819 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19820 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
19821 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
19822 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
19824 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
19825 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
19827 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19829 \(fn)" t nil)
19831 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
19832 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
19834 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19835 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19836 `*SQL*'.
19838 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
19839 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
19840 defaults, if set.
19842 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19843 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19845 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19846 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19847 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19848 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19849 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19850 `default-process-coding-system'.
19852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19854 \(fn)" t nil)
19856 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
19857 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
19859 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19860 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19861 `*SQL*'.
19863 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
19864 automatic login.
19866 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19867 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19869 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
19870 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
19871 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
19872 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
19874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19876 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19879 `default-process-coding-system'.
19881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19883 \(fn)" t nil)
19885 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
19886 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
19888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19890 `*SQL*'.
19892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
19893 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
19894 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19895 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
19896 parameters.
19898 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
19899 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
19900 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
19901 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
19902 an empty password.
19904 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19907 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
19908 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
19910 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
19912 \(fn)" t nil)
19914 ;;;***
19916 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
19917 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
19918 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
19919 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
19920 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15663
19921 ;;;;;; 5577))
19922 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
19924 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
19925 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
19926 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
19927 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
19928 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
19929 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
19931 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
19933 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
19934 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
19935 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
19936 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
19937 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
19938 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
19939 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
19941 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
19943 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
19944 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
19945 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
19946 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
19947 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
19948 then complete the stroke with button 3.
19949 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
19951 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
19953 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
19954 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
19955 This must be bound to a mouse event.
19957 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19959 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
19960 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
19961 This must be bound to a mouse event.
19963 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19965 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
19966 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
19968 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
19970 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
19971 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19975 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
19976 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
19978 \(fn)" t nil)
19980 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
19981 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
19982 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
19983 chronologically by command name.
19984 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
19986 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
19988 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
19989 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
19990 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19992 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
19994 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19996 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
19998 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
19999 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
20000 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
20001 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
20002 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
20003 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
20004 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
20006 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
20007 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
20008 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
20009 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
20011 \\{strokes-mode-map}
20013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20015 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
20016 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
20017 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
20018 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
20020 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
20022 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20023 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 ;;;***
20029 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
20030 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
20033 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
20034 Studlify-case the region.
20036 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
20038 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
20039 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
20041 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
20043 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
20044 Studlify-case the current buffer.
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20048 ;;;***
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
20051 ;;;;;; (15497 10307))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
20054 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
20055 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
20056 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
20057 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
20058 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
20059 original message but it does require a few things:
20061 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
20063 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
20064 reply buffer.
20066 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
20067 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
20068 original message.
20070 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
20072 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
20074 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
20075 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
20076 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
20078 \(fn)" nil nil)
20080 ;;;***
20082 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15741
20083 ;;;;;; 11077))
20084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
20086 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
20087 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
20088 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
20089 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
20091 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
20092 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
20093 avoid a more expansive scan.
20094 Point is at POS when this function returns.
20096 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
20098 ;;;***
20100 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
20103 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
20104 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
20105 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20106 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20107 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20109 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20111 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
20112 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
20113 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
20114 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
20115 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
20116 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
20117 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
20119 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20121 ;;;***
20123 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
20124 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
20125 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
20126 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
20127 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
20128 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
20129 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
20130 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
20131 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
20132 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
20133 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
20134 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
20135 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15832 11599))
20136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
20138 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
20139 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
20140 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
20142 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
20143 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
20145 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
20146 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
20148 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
20149 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
20151 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
20152 Insert an editable text table.
20153 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
20154 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
20155 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
20156 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
20157 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
20158 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
20159 delimiting them.
20161 Examples:
20163 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
20165 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
20166 location of point.
20170 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
20171 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
20172 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
20173 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
20174 first cell.
20176 +-----+-----+-----+
20177 |-!- | | |
20178 +-----+-----+-----+
20180 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
20182 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
20183 width, which results as
20185 +--------------+-----+-----+
20186 |-!- | | |
20187 +--------------+-----+-----+
20189 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
20190 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
20192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20193 | | |-!- |
20194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20196 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
20197 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
20198 width information to `table-insert'.
20200 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
20202 instead of
20204 Cell width(s): 5
20206 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
20207 work all together.
20209 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
20210 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
20212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20213 |-!- | | |
20214 | | | |
20215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20217 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
20219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20220 |-!- | | |
20221 | | | |
20222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20223 | | | |
20224 | | | |
20225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20227 Move the point under the table as shown below.
20229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20230 | | | |
20231 | | | |
20232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20233 | | | |
20234 | | | |
20235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20238 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
20239 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
20240 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
20242 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20243 | | | |
20244 | | | |
20245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20246 | | | |
20247 | | | |
20248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20249 |-!- | | |
20250 | | | |
20251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20253 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
20254 results.
20256 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20257 | | | |
20258 | | | |
20259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20260 | | |Text editing inside the table |
20261 | | |cell produces reasonably |
20262 | | |expected results.-!- |
20263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20264 | | | |
20265 | | | |
20266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20268 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
20270 \\{table-cell-map}
20272 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
20274 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
20275 Insert N table row(s).
20276 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
20277 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
20278 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
20279 are appended at the bottom of the table.
20281 \(fn N)" t nil)
20283 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
20284 Insert N table column(s).
20285 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
20286 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
20287 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
20288 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
20290 \(fn N)" t nil)
20292 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
20293 Insert row(s) or column(s).
20294 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
20296 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
20298 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
20299 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
20300 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
20301 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
20302 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
20303 all the table specific features.
20305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20307 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
20308 Not documented
20310 \(fn)" t nil)
20312 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
20313 Recognize all tables within region.
20314 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
20315 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
20316 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
20317 specific features.
20319 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
20321 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
20322 Not documented
20324 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20326 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
20327 Recognize a table at point.
20328 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
20329 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
20330 the table specific features.
20332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20334 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
20335 Not documented
20337 \(fn)" t nil)
20339 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
20340 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
20341 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
20342 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
20343 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
20344 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
20345 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
20347 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
20349 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
20350 Not documented
20352 \(fn)" t nil)
20354 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
20355 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
20356 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
20357 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
20358 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
20359 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
20360 specified.
20362 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20364 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
20365 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
20366 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
20367 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
20368 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
20369 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
20370 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
20371 table structure.
20373 \(fn N)" t nil)
20375 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
20376 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
20377 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
20378 table's rectangle structure.
20380 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20382 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
20383 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
20384 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
20385 table's rectangle structure.
20387 \(fn N)" t nil)
20389 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
20390 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
20391 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20392 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
20393 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
20395 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
20397 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
20398 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
20399 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
20401 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
20402 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
20403 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
20404 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
20405 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
20406 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
20407 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
20409 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20410 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
20411 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
20412 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
20413 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
20414 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
20415 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20417 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
20418 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
20419 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
20420 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
20421 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
20422 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
20423 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
20424 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20426 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
20428 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
20429 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
20430 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20431 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
20433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20435 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
20436 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
20437 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
20439 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
20441 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
20442 Split current cell vertically.
20443 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
20445 \(fn)" t nil)
20447 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
20448 Split current cell horizontally.
20449 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
20451 \(fn)" t nil)
20453 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
20454 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
20455 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
20457 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
20459 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
20460 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
20461 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
20462 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
20464 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20466 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
20467 Justify cell contents.
20468 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
20469 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
20470 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
20471 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
20473 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
20475 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
20476 Justify cells of a row.
20477 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20478 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20480 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20482 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
20483 Justify cells of a column.
20484 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20485 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20487 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20489 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
20490 Toggle fixing width mode.
20491 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
20492 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
20493 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
20495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20497 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
20498 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
20499 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
20500 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
20501 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
20502 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
20503 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
20504 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
20505 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
20506 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
20507 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
20509 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
20511 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
20512 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
20513 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
20514 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
20515 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
20516 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
20517 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
20518 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
20519 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
20520 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
20521 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
20522 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
20523 untouched.
20525 References used for this implementation:
20527 HTML:
20528 http://www.w3.org
20530 LaTeX:
20531 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
20533 CALS (DocBook DTD):
20534 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
20535 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
20537 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
20539 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
20540 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
20541 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
20542 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
20543 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
20544 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
20545 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
20546 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
20547 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
20548 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
20549 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
20550 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
20551 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
20552 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
20553 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
20554 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
20555 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
20557 Example:
20559 (progn
20560 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
20561 (table-forward-cell 15)
20562 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
20563 (table-forward-cell 16)
20564 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
20565 (table-forward-cell 1)
20566 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
20568 (progn
20569 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
20570 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
20571 (table-forward-cell 1)
20572 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
20574 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20576 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
20577 Delete N row(s) of cells.
20578 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
20579 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
20580 consists from cells of same height.
20582 \(fn N)" t nil)
20584 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
20585 Delete N column(s) of cells.
20586 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
20587 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
20588 column must consists from cells of same width.
20590 \(fn N)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
20593 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
20594 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
20595 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
20596 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
20597 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
20598 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
20599 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
20600 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
20601 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
20602 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
20603 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
20604 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
20605 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
20606 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
20609 Example 1:
20611 1, 2, 3, 4
20612 5, 6, 7, 8
20613 , 9, 10
20615 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
20616 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
20617 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
20618 specified as 5.
20620 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20621 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
20622 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20623 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
20624 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20625 | | 9 | 10 | |
20626 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20628 Note:
20630 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
20631 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
20632 of each row is optional.
20635 Example 2:
20637 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
20638 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
20639 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
20640 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
20641 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
20643 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
20644 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
20646 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
20647 expression and raw delimiter regular
20648 expression, it parses the specified text
20649 area and extracts cell items from
20650 non-table text and then forms a table out
20651 of them.
20653 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
20654 creates a single cell table. The text in
20655 the specified region is placed in that
20656 cell.-*-
20658 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
20659 like this.
20661 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20662 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
20663 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
20665 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
20666 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
20667 | expression, it parses the specified text |
20668 | area and extracts cell items from |
20669 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
20670 | of them. |
20672 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
20673 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
20674 | the specified region is placed in that |
20675 | cell. |
20676 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20678 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
20679 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
20680 independently.
20682 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20683 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
20684 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
20685 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20686 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
20687 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
20688 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
20689 | |area and extracts cell items from |
20690 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
20691 | |of them. |
20692 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20693 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
20694 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
20695 | |the specified region is placed in that |
20696 | |cell. |
20697 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20699 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
20700 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
20701 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
20703 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
20705 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
20706 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
20707 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
20708 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
20709 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
20711 \(fn)" t nil)
20713 ;;;***
20715 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
20716 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
20718 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
20719 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
20721 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
20723 ;;;***
20725 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15764 50629))
20726 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
20728 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
20729 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
20730 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
20731 Letters no longer insert themselves.
20732 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
20733 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
20734 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
20736 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
20737 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
20738 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
20739 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
20741 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
20742 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
20744 ;;;***
20746 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
20747 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15818 42033))
20748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
20750 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
20751 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
20752 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
20753 Tab indents for Tcl code.
20754 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20755 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20757 Variables controlling indentation style:
20758 `tcl-indent-level'
20759 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
20760 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
20761 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
20763 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
20764 documentation for details):
20765 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
20766 Controls action of TAB key.
20767 `tcl-auto-newline'
20768 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
20769 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
20770 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
20771 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
20772 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
20774 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
20775 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
20776 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
20777 already exist.
20779 Commands:
20780 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
20782 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
20783 Run inferior Tcl process.
20784 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
20785 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
20787 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
20789 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
20790 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
20791 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
20793 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
20795 ;;;***
20797 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
20799 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
20801 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
20802 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
20803 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
20804 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
20805 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
20806 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
20807 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
20809 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
20810 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
20812 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
20813 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
20814 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
20815 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
20817 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
20819 ;;;***
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15831
20822 ;;;;;; 63940))
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
20825 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
20826 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
20827 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
20828 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
20829 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
20830 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
20832 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
20834 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
20835 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
20837 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
20839 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
20840 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
20842 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
20844 ;;;***
20846 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15831
20847 ;;;;;; 63940))
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
20850 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
20851 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
20852 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
20853 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
20854 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
20855 program as keyboard input.
20857 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
20858 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
20859 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
20860 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
20862 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
20863 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
20864 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
20865 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
20866 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
20868 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
20870 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
20871 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
20872 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
20873 terminal-redisplay-interval.
20875 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
20876 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
20877 subprocess started.
20879 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
20881 ;;;***
20883 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
20884 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (15765 63714))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
20887 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
20888 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
20889 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
20890 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
20891 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
20893 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
20895 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
20896 Start coverage on function under point.
20898 \(fn)" t nil)
20900 ;;;***
20902 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
20903 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
20905 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
20906 Play the Tetris game.
20907 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
20908 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
20909 as to form complete rows.
20911 tetris-mode keybindings:
20912 \\<tetris-mode-map>
20913 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
20914 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
20915 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20916 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
20917 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
20918 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
20919 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
20920 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
20922 nil(fn)" t nil)
20924 ;;;***
20926 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
20927 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
20928 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
20929 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
20930 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
20931 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
20932 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
20933 ;;;;;; (15819 63071))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
20936 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
20937 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
20939 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
20940 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
20941 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
20942 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
20943 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
20945 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
20946 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
20947 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
20948 if it matches the first line of the file,
20949 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
20951 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
20952 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
20953 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
20954 if the variable is non-nil.")
20956 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
20957 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
20959 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
20960 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
20961 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20962 See the documentation of that variable.")
20964 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
20965 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
20966 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20967 See the documentation of that variable.")
20969 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
20970 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
20971 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20972 See the documentation of that variable.")
20974 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
20975 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
20976 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
20977 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
20978 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
20980 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
20981 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
20982 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
20983 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
20985 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
20986 *User defined LaTeX block names.
20987 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
20989 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
20990 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
20991 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20992 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
20994 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
20995 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
20996 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20997 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
20999 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21000 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
21001 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21002 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
21004 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
21005 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
21006 for example,
21008 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21009 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
21011 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
21012 use.")
21014 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
21015 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
21016 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
21017 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21018 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
21020 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
21022 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
21023 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
21024 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
21026 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
21027 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
21028 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
21029 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
21030 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
21032 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
21033 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21035 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
21036 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21038 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21039 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
21040 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
21041 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
21042 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
21043 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
21044 says which mode to use.
21046 \(fn)" t nil)
21048 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
21050 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
21052 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
21054 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21055 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
21056 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21057 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21058 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21060 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
21061 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
21062 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21063 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21064 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21065 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21066 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21068 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21069 mismatched $'s or braces.
21071 Special commands:
21072 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
21074 Mode variables:
21075 tex-run-command
21076 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21077 tex-directory
21078 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
21079 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21080 tex-dvi-print-command
21081 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21082 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21083 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21084 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21085 tex-dvi-view-command
21086 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21087 tex-show-queue-command
21088 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21089 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21091 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21092 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
21093 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21095 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21096 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
21097 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21098 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21099 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21101 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21102 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21103 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21104 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21105 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21106 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21107 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21109 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21110 mismatched $'s or braces.
21112 Special commands:
21113 \\{latex-mode-map}
21115 Mode variables:
21116 latex-run-command
21117 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21118 tex-directory
21119 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
21120 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21121 tex-dvi-print-command
21122 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21123 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21124 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21125 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21126 tex-dvi-view-command
21127 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21128 tex-show-queue-command
21129 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21130 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21132 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
21133 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
21134 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21136 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21137 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
21138 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21139 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
21140 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
21142 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
21143 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
21144 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
21145 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
21146 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
21147 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
21148 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
21150 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
21151 mismatched $'s or braces.
21153 Special commands:
21154 \\{slitex-mode-map}
21156 Mode variables:
21157 slitex-run-command
21158 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21159 tex-directory
21160 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
21161 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
21162 tex-dvi-print-command
21163 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21164 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21165 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
21166 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21167 tex-dvi-view-command
21168 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
21169 tex-show-queue-command
21170 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
21171 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
21173 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21174 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
21175 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
21176 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21178 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
21179 Not documented
21181 \(fn)" nil nil)
21183 ;;;***
21185 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
21186 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15862 28067))
21187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
21189 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
21190 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
21191 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21192 name specified in the @setfilename command.
21194 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
21195 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
21196 Info-split to do these manually.
21198 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21200 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
21201 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
21202 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
21203 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
21204 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
21206 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
21208 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
21209 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
21210 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21211 names specified in the @setfilename command.
21213 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
21214 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
21215 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
21216 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
21218 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
21219 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
21221 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21223 ;;;***
21225 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
21226 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15806 54404))
21227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
21229 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
21230 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
21232 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
21233 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
21235 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
21236 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
21238 It has these extra commands:
21239 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
21241 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
21242 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
21243 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
21244 modified version of TeX input format.
21246 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
21247 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
21248 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
21249 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
21251 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
21252 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
21253 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
21254 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
21255 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
21256 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
21257 in the Texinfo file.
21259 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
21260 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
21261 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
21262 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
21263 move forward past the closing brace.
21265 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
21266 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
21268 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
21269 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
21270 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
21272 Here are the functions:
21274 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
21275 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
21276 texinfo-sequential-node-update
21278 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
21279 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
21280 texinfo-master-menu
21282 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
21284 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
21285 which menu descriptions are indented.
21287 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
21288 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
21289 in the region.
21291 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
21292 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
21293 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
21294 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
21296 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
21297 be the first node in the file.
21299 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
21300 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
21302 ;;;***
21304 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
21305 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
21306 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15806 54404))
21307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
21309 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
21310 Compose Thai characters in the region.
21311 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
21312 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
21314 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21316 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
21317 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
21319 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21321 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
21322 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21326 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
21327 Not documented
21329 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21331 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
21332 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
21333 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
21334 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
21335 to compose.
21337 The return value is number of composed characters.
21339 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21341 ;;;***
21343 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
21344 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
21345 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15786 18682))
21346 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
21348 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
21349 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
21351 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
21353 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21354 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
21355 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21356 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21357 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21359 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21360 a symbol as a valid THING.
21362 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
21363 of the textual entity that was found.
21365 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21367 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21368 Return the THING at point.
21369 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21370 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21371 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21373 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21374 a symbol as a valid THING.
21376 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21378 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21379 Not documented
21381 \(fn)" nil nil)
21383 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21384 Not documented
21386 \(fn)" nil nil)
21388 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21389 Not documented
21391 \(fn)" nil nil)
21393 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21394 Not documented
21396 \(fn)" nil nil)
21398 ;;;***
21400 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
21401 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
21402 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
21403 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
21404 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
21405 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 33872))
21406 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
21408 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
21409 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
21410 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
21412 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
21414 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
21415 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
21417 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21419 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
21420 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
21421 The returned string has no composition information.
21423 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21425 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21426 Compose Tibetan string STR.
21428 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21430 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21431 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
21433 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21435 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21436 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
21437 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
21438 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21440 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21442 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21443 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
21444 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
21445 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21447 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21449 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
21450 Not documented
21452 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21454 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21455 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
21456 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
21458 \(fn)" t nil)
21460 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21461 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
21462 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21467 Not documented
21469 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21471 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21472 Not documented
21474 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21476 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
21477 Not documented
21479 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21481 ;;;***
21483 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
21484 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
21485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
21487 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
21488 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
21489 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21490 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21491 parameters.
21492 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21494 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21496 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
21497 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
21498 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21499 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21500 parameters.
21501 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21505 ;;;***
21507 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
21508 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15747 59317))
21509 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
21511 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
21512 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
21514 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
21515 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21516 This display updates automatically every minute.
21517 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21518 are displayed as well.
21519 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21523 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
21524 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
21525 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21527 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
21529 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
21531 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
21533 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
21534 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21535 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
21537 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
21538 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21539 are displayed as well.
21540 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21544 ;;;***
21546 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
21547 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
21548 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
21549 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
21550 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
21552 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21553 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21555 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21557 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
21558 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
21560 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
21562 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
21563 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
21565 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21567 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
21568 Convert DAYS into a time value.
21570 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
21572 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
21573 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
21574 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
21576 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21578 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
21580 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
21581 Subtract two time values.
21582 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
21584 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21586 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
21587 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
21589 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21591 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
21592 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
21593 DATE should be a date-time string.
21595 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21597 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
21598 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
21599 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
21601 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
21603 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
21604 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
21606 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
21608 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
21609 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
21611 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21613 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
21614 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
21615 TIME should be a time value.
21616 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
21618 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21620 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21621 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21622 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
21624 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21626 ;;;***
21628 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
21629 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15744 11845))
21630 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
21632 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
21633 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
21634 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
21635 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
21636 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
21637 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
21638 look like one of the following:
21639 Time-stamp: <>
21640 Time-stamp: \" \"
21641 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
21642 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
21643 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
21644 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
21645 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
21646 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
21647 template.
21649 \(fn)" t nil)
21651 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
21652 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
21653 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
21655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21657 ;;;***
21659 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
21660 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
21661 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
21662 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
21663 ;;;;;; (15820 8416))
21664 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
21666 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
21667 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
21668 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
21669 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
21670 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
21671 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
21672 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
21673 \(non-nil means on).
21675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21677 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
21678 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
21679 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
21680 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
21681 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
21682 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
21683 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
21684 this function is called within a day.
21686 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
21687 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
21688 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
21689 discover the name of the project.
21691 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
21693 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
21694 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
21695 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
21696 begun during the last time segment.
21698 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
21699 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
21700 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
21701 discover the reason.
21703 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
21705 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
21706 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
21708 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21710 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
21711 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
21712 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
21713 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
21714 project you were working on.
21716 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
21718 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
21719 Ask the user before clocking out.
21720 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.
21722 \(fn)" nil nil)
21724 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
21725 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
21726 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21730 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
21731 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
21732 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
21733 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
21734 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
21735 \"relative to today\".
21737 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21739 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
21740 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
21741 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
21742 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
21744 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
21746 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
21747 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
21748 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
21749 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
21750 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
21751 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
21752 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
21753 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
21754 non-nil.
21756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21758 ;;;***
21760 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
21761 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
21762 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15670 55400))
21763 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
21765 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
21767 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
21768 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
21770 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
21772 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
21773 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
21775 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
21777 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
21778 Perform an action at time TIME.
21779 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
21780 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
21781 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
21782 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
21783 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
21784 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21786 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21788 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21790 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
21791 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
21792 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
21793 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
21794 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21796 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21798 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21800 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
21801 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
21802 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
21803 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
21805 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
21807 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
21808 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
21809 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21810 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
21812 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
21813 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
21815 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21817 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21818 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21820 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
21821 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
21822 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
21823 The call should look like:
21824 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
21825 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
21826 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
21827 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
21828 be detected.
21830 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21832 ;;;***
21834 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
21835 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15860 12261))
21836 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
21838 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
21839 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
21840 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
21841 the generated Quail package is saved.
21843 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
21846 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
21847 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
21848 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
21849 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
21850 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
21851 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
21853 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
21855 ;;;***
21857 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
21858 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
21859 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
21860 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
21861 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
21862 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
21864 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
21865 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
21866 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
21867 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
21868 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
21870 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
21872 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
21873 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
21874 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
21875 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
21876 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
21878 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21880 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
21881 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
21882 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
21883 in the menu in two ways:
21884 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
21885 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
21886 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
21888 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
21889 keymap or an alist of alists.
21890 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
21891 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
21893 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
21895 ;;;***
21897 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
21898 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
21899 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
21900 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
21902 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
21903 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
21905 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
21907 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
21908 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
21910 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
21912 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
21913 Insert new TODO list entry.
21914 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
21915 category.
21917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21919 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
21920 List top priorities for each category.
21922 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
21923 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
21925 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
21926 between each category.
21928 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
21930 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
21931 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
21932 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
21933 between each category.
21935 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
21937 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
21939 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
21940 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
21942 \\{todo-mode-map}
21944 \(fn)" t nil)
21946 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
21947 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
21949 \(fn)" nil nil)
21951 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
21952 Show TODO list.
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21956 ;;;***
21958 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
21959 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
21960 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
21961 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
21963 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
21964 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
21965 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21967 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
21969 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
21971 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
21973 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
21974 Toggle use of the tool bar.
21975 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
21977 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
21978 conveniently adding tool bar items.
21980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21982 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
21984 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
21985 Add an item to the tool bar.
21986 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
21987 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
21988 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
21989 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
21991 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
21992 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
21993 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
21995 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
21996 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
21998 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22000 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
22001 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
22002 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
22003 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
22004 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
22005 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
22007 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
22008 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
22009 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
22011 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22013 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22014 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22015 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
22016 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22017 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22018 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22019 properties to add to the binding.
22021 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22023 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
22024 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
22026 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22028 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
22029 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
22030 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
22031 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
22032 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
22033 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
22034 properties to add to the binding.
22036 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
22038 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
22040 ;;;***
22042 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
22043 ;;;;;; (15854 23573))
22044 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
22046 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
22047 Mode for tooltip display.
22048 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
22050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22052 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
22053 Toggle tooltip-mode.
22054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22055 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
22057 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
22059 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
22061 ;;;***
22063 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
22064 ;;;;;; 2747))
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
22067 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22069 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
22071 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
22072 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
22074 \(fn)" t nil)
22076 ;;;***
22078 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
22079 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
22080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
22082 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
22083 Set scroll margins.
22085 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
22087 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
22088 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
22090 \(fn)" t nil)
22092 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
22093 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
22095 \(fn)" t nil)
22097 ;;;***
22099 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
22100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
22102 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
22103 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
22104 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
22105 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
22106 to a tcp server on another machine.
22108 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
22110 ;;;***
22112 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
22113 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
22116 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
22117 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
22119 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
22120 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
22121 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22122 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22123 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22124 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
22125 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
22126 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
22128 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22130 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
22131 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
22132 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
22133 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
22134 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
22135 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
22136 the window or buffer configuration at all.
22138 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22140 ;;;***
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
22143 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
22144 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15776 37022))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
22147 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
22148 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
22149 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
22151 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
22152 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22153 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22154 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22156 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
22157 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22158 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22159 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22161 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22162 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
22163 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
22164 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
22165 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
22166 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
22167 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
22168 files which are not really tramp files.
22170 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22171 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22172 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22173 updated after changing this variable.
22175 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22177 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
22178 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22179 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22180 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22182 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
22183 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22184 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22185 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22187 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22188 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
22189 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
22191 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22192 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22193 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22194 updated after changing this variable.
22196 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22198 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22199 Invoke tramp file name handler.
22200 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22202 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22204 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22205 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
22206 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22208 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22210 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
22212 ;;;***
22214 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
22215 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
22216 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
22217 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
22218 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
22219 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
22221 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
22222 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
22223 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
22224 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
22225 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
22226 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
22227 first and the associated buffer to its right.
22229 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22231 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
22232 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
22233 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
22234 accepting the proposed default buffer.
22236 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22238 \(fn)" t nil)
22240 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
22241 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
22242 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
22243 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
22244 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
22245 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
22246 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
22248 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
22249 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
22251 First column's text sSs Second column's text
22252 \\___/\\
22253 / \\
22254 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
22256 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
22258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22260 ;;;***
22262 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
22263 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
22264 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
22265 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
22266 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
22268 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
22269 Toggle typing break mode.
22270 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
22271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22272 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
22274 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
22276 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
22278 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
22279 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
22281 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
22282 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
22284 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
22285 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
22286 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
22288 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
22289 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
22291 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
22292 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
22293 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
22295 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
22296 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
22297 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
22298 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
22299 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
22300 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
22302 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
22303 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
22304 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
22305 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
22307 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
22308 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
22310 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
22311 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
22313 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
22314 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
22315 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
22317 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
22318 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
22319 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
22320 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
22321 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
22322 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
22323 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
22325 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
22326 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
22328 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
22329 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
22330 reset the keystroke counter.
22332 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
22333 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
22334 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
22335 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
22337 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
22338 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
22339 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
22340 `type-break-schedule' command.
22342 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
22343 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
22344 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
22345 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
22346 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
22347 or not to continue.
22349 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
22350 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
22351 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
22352 approximate good values for this.
22354 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
22355 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
22357 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
22358 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
22359 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
22360 `type-break-warning-repeat'
22361 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
22362 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
22364 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
22365 a typing break occur. They include:
22367 `type-break-query-mode'
22368 `type-break-query-function'
22369 `type-break-query-interval'
22371 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
22373 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22375 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
22376 Take a typing break.
22378 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
22379 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
22381 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
22382 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
22384 \(fn)" t nil)
22386 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
22387 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
22388 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
22389 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22393 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
22394 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
22396 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
22397 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
22398 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
22399 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
22400 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
22401 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
22402 average typing speed.)
22404 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
22405 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
22406 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
22407 the computed maximum threshold.
22409 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
22410 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
22411 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
22412 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
22413 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
22415 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
22417 ;;;***
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
22420 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
22423 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
22424 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
22425 Works by overstriking underscores.
22426 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22427 which specify the range to operate on.
22429 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22431 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
22432 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
22433 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22434 which specify the range to operate on.
22436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22438 ;;;***
22440 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
22441 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15813 22869))
22442 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
22444 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22445 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
22446 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
22448 \(fn)" t nil)
22450 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22451 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
22452 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
22453 following the containing message.
22455 \(fn)" t nil)
22457 ;;;***
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
22460 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
22463 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22464 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
22465 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
22466 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
22467 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
22468 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
22470 \(fn)" nil nil)
22472 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22473 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
22475 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
22477 ;;;***
22479 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15806
22480 ;;;;;; 54403))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
22483 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
22484 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
22485 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
22486 of symbols with local bindings.
22488 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
22490 ;;;***
22492 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
22493 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
22496 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
22497 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
22498 This function has a choice of three things to do:
22499 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
22500 to refrain from editing the file
22501 return t (grab the lock on the file)
22502 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
22503 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
22504 in any way you like.
22506 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
22508 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
22509 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
22510 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
22511 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
22512 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
22514 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
22515 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
22517 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
22519 ;;;***
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
22522 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
22525 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
22526 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
22527 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
22528 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
22530 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22532 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
22533 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
22534 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
22536 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22538 ;;;***
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
22541 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
22542 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
22543 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
22544 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
22545 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
22546 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15813 22869))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
22549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
22550 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
22551 See `run-hooks'.")
22553 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
22554 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
22555 See `run-hooks'.")
22557 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
22558 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
22559 See `run-hooks'.")
22561 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
22562 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
22564 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
22566 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
22567 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
22568 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
22569 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
22570 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
22571 somebody else, signal error.
22573 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22575 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
22576 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
22577 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
22578 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
22579 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
22581 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22583 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
22584 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
22585 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
22586 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
22587 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
22588 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
22589 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
22590 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
22591 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
22592 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
22593 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
22595 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
22597 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
22598 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
22600 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
22601 it will operate on the file in the current line.
22603 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
22604 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
22605 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
22606 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
22607 lock steals will raise an error.
22609 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
22611 For RCS and SCCS files:
22612 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
22613 control.
22614 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
22615 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
22616 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
22617 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
22618 it performs a revert.
22619 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
22620 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
22621 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
22622 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
22623 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
22624 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
22625 the option to steal the lock.
22627 For CVS files:
22628 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
22629 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
22630 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
22631 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
22632 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
22633 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
22634 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
22635 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
22636 merge in the changes into your working copy.
22638 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
22640 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
22641 Register the current file into a version control system.
22642 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
22643 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
22645 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
22646 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
22647 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
22648 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
22649 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
22650 first backend that could register the file is used.
22652 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
22654 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
22655 Display diffs between file versions.
22656 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
22657 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
22658 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
22659 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
22660 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
22661 saving the buffer.
22663 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
22665 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
22666 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
22667 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
22668 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
22670 \(fn REV)" t nil)
22672 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
22673 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
22674 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
22675 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
22677 \(fn)" t nil)
22679 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
22680 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
22681 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
22682 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
22683 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
22684 from the current branch.
22686 See Info node `Merging'.
22688 \(fn)" t nil)
22690 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
22692 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
22693 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
22695 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
22697 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
22698 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
22700 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
22702 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
22703 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
22704 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
22705 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
22706 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
22707 are checked out in that new branch.
22709 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
22711 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
22712 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
22713 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
22714 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
22715 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
22716 allowed and simply skipped).
22718 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
22720 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
22721 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
22723 \(fn)" t nil)
22725 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
22726 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
22727 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
22728 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
22729 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
22731 \(fn)" t nil)
22733 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
22734 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
22735 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
22736 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
22737 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
22738 the current branch are merged into the working file.
22740 \(fn)" t nil)
22742 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
22743 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
22744 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
22746 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
22748 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
22749 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
22750 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
22751 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
22752 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
22753 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
22754 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
22756 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
22758 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
22759 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
22760 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
22761 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
22762 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
22763 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
22764 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
22765 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
22766 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
22768 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
22770 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
22771 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
22773 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
22775 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
22776 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
22777 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
22778 directory.
22780 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
22782 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
22783 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
22784 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
22786 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
22787 log entries should be gathered.
22789 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22791 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
22792 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
22794 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
22795 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
22796 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
22797 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
22798 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
22799 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
22801 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
22802 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
22803 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
22804 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
22805 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
22806 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
22807 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
22808 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
22810 Customization variables:
22812 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
22813 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
22814 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
22815 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
22817 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
22819 ;;;***
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15793 40965))
22822 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
22823 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
22824 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
22825 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
22826 (load "vc-cvs")
22827 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
22829 ;;;***
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
22832 ;;;;;; (15826 29527))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
22835 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
22836 *Where to look for RCS master files.
22837 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
22838 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
22840 ;;;***
22842 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
22843 ;;;;;; (15826 29527))
22844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
22846 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
22847 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
22848 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
22849 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
22851 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
22852 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
22853 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
22854 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
22856 ;;;***
22858 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
22859 ;;;;;; (15834 29593))
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
22862 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
22863 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
22865 Usage:
22866 ------
22868 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
22869 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
22870 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
22871 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
22872 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
22873 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
22874 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
22875 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
22876 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
22877 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
22878 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
22879 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
22880 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
22881 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
22882 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
22883 The following abbreviations can also be used:
22884 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
22885 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
22886 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
22888 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
22889 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
22890 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
22892 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
22893 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
22894 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
22895 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
22896 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
22897 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
22898 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
22899 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
22900 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
22902 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
22903 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
22904 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
22905 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
22906 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
22907 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
22908 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
22909 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
22911 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
22912 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
22913 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
22915 - COMMENTS:
22916 `--' puts a single comment.
22917 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
22918 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
22919 comment in between.
22920 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
22921 following lines.
22922 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
22923 uncomments a region if already commented out.
22925 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
22926 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
22927 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
22928 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
22929 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
22930 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
22931 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
22932 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
22933 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
22934 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
22935 multi-line comments.
22937 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
22938 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
22939 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
22940 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
22941 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
22942 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
22943 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
22944 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
22945 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
22947 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
22948 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
22949 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
22950 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
22951 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
22952 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
22953 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
22954 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
22955 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
22956 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
22958 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
22959 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
22960 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
22961 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
22962 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
22963 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
22964 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
22965 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
22966 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
22967 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
22968 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
22969 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
22970 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
22972 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
22974 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
22975 menu).
22977 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
22979 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
22980 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
22981 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
22982 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
22983 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
22985 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
22986 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
22987 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
22988 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
22989 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
22990 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
22991 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
22992 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
22993 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
22995 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
22996 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
22997 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
22998 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
22999 specified.
23001 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
23002 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
23003 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
23004 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
23005 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
23006 the current directory for VHDL source files.
23008 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
23009 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
23010 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
23011 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
23012 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
23013 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
23014 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
23015 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
23016 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
23017 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
23018 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
23020 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
23021 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
23022 Math Packages.
23024 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
23025 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
23026 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
23027 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
23028 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
23029 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
23030 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
23031 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
23033 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
23034 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
23035 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
23036 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
23037 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
23038 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
23040 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
23041 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
23042 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
23043 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
23044 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
23046 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
23047 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
23048 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
23049 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
23050 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
23052 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
23053 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
23054 highlighted if written in lower case.
23056 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
23057 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
23058 is non-nil.
23060 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
23061 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
23062 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
23064 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
23065 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
23066 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
23068 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
23069 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
23070 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
23072 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
23073 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
23074 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
23075 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
23076 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
23077 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
23078 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
23080 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
23081 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
23082 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
23083 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
23084 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
23086 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
23087 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
23088 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
23089 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
23091 - HINTS:
23092 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
23095 Maintenance:
23096 ------------
23098 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
23099 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
23101 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23103 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
23104 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
23105 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
23106 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
23108 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
23109 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
23110 version and release notes can be found.
23113 Bugs and Limitations:
23114 ---------------------
23116 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
23117 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
23118 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
23119 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
23120 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
23121 does not work under XEmacs.
23124 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
23125 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
23127 Key bindings:
23128 -------------
23130 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
23132 \(fn)" t nil)
23134 ;;;***
23136 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
23139 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
23140 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
23141 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
23142 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
23144 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
23145 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
23146 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
23147 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
23148 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
23150 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
23151 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
23153 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
23155 * Limitations and unsupported features
23156 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
23157 not supported.
23158 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
23159 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
23161 * Modifications
23162 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
23163 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
23164 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
23165 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
23166 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
23167 for undoing a repeated change command.
23168 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
23169 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
23170 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
23172 * Extensions
23173 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
23174 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
23175 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
23176 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
23177 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
23178 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
23179 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
23180 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
23182 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
23184 \(fn)" t nil)
23186 ;;;***
23188 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
23189 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
23190 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
23191 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 3119))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
23194 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
23195 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
23197 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
23199 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23200 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
23201 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23202 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23206 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23207 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters.
23209 \(fn)" t nil)
23211 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23212 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23213 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23214 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23218 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23219 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23221 \(fn)" t nil)
23223 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23224 Not documented
23226 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23228 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23229 Not documented
23231 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23233 ;;;***
23235 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
23236 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
23237 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15843
23238 ;;;;;; 64035))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
23241 (defvar view-mode nil "\
23242 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
23243 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
23244 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
23246 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
23248 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
23249 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23250 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23251 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23252 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23253 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23254 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23256 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23260 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
23261 View FILE in View mode in another window.
23262 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
23263 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23264 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23265 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23266 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23267 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23269 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23271 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23273 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
23274 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
23275 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
23276 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23277 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23278 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23279 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23280 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23282 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23284 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23286 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
23287 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23288 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23289 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23290 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23291 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23292 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23294 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23296 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23297 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23298 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23300 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23302 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
23303 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
23304 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23305 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23306 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23307 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23308 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23309 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23311 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23313 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23314 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23315 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23317 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23319 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
23320 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
23321 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23323 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23324 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23326 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23330 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23331 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23332 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23334 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23336 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
23337 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
23338 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
23340 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
23341 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
23342 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
23343 read-only.
23344 \\<view-mode-map>
23345 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
23346 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
23347 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
23348 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
23349 commands default to a repeat count of one.
23351 H, h, ? This message.
23352 Digits provide prefix arguments.
23353 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
23354 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
23355 > move to the end of buffer.
23356 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
23357 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
23358 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
23359 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
23360 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
23361 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23362 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23363 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23364 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
23365 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23366 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
23367 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
23368 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
23369 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
23370 Use this to view a changing file.
23371 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
23372 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
23373 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
23374 . set the mark.
23375 x exchanges point and mark.
23376 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
23377 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
23378 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
23379 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
23380 ' go to position saved in character register.
23381 s do forward incremental search.
23382 r do reverse incremental search.
23383 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
23384 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
23385 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
23386 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
23387 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
23388 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
23389 p searches backward for last regular expression.
23390 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
23391 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
23392 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
23393 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
23394 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23395 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
23396 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
23397 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
23399 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
23400 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
23401 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
23402 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
23403 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
23404 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
23405 will return to that buffer.
23407 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23411 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
23412 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
23413 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
23414 `view-return-to-alist'.
23415 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
23416 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
23417 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
23419 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
23420 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
23421 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
23422 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
23423 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
23424 1) nil Do nothing.
23425 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
23426 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
23427 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
23428 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
23430 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23432 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23434 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
23436 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
23437 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23439 \(fn)" t nil)
23441 ;;;***
23443 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
23446 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
23447 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
23449 \(fn)" t nil)
23451 ;;;***
23453 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
23454 ;;;;;; (15751 65471))
23455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
23457 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
23458 Toggle Viper on/off.
23459 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
23461 \(fn)" t nil)
23463 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
23464 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
23466 \(fn)" t nil)
23468 ;;;***
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
23471 ;;;;;; (15832 11569))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
23474 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
23475 Function to generate warning prefixes.
23476 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
23477 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
23478 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
23479 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
23480 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
23481 the beginning of the warning.")
23483 (defvar warning-series nil "\
23484 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
23485 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
23486 which is the start of the current series; it means that
23487 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
23488 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
23489 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
23490 also call that function before the next warning.")
23492 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
23493 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
23495 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
23496 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
23497 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
23498 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
23500 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
23501 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
23502 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
23503 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23504 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
23505 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
23507 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23508 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23509 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23510 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
23511 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
23512 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
23513 :debug -- info for debugging only.
23515 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
23516 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
23518 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
23520 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
23521 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
23523 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
23525 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
23526 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23527 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23528 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
23530 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
23531 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23532 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
23533 can be whatever you like.)
23535 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23536 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23537 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23538 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
23539 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
23541 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23543 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
23544 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23545 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23546 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
23547 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
23549 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23551 ;;;***
23553 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
23556 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
23557 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
23559 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
23560 hotlist.
23562 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
23563 <nwv@acm.org>.
23565 \(fn)" t nil)
23567 ;;;***
23569 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
23570 ;;;;;; (15706 62803))
23571 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
23573 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
23575 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
23576 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
23577 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23579 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
23581 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23583 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
23585 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
23586 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
23587 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
23588 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
23590 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
23591 and off otherwise.
23593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23595 ;;;***
23597 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
23598 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
23599 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
23600 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
23601 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
23602 ;;;;;; (15852 2455))
23603 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
23605 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
23606 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
23608 \(fn)" t nil)
23610 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
23611 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
23613 \(fn)" t nil)
23615 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
23616 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
23618 \(fn)" t nil)
23620 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
23621 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
23623 \(fn)" t nil)
23625 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
23626 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
23628 \(fn)" t nil)
23630 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
23631 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
23632 These are:
23633 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
23634 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
23635 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
23636 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
23637 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
23639 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
23640 and:
23641 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
23642 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
23644 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
23646 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
23647 Check the region for whitespace errors.
23649 \(fn S E)" t nil)
23651 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
23652 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
23654 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
23655 whitespace problems.
23657 \(fn)" t nil)
23659 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
23660 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
23662 \(fn S E)" t nil)
23664 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
23665 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
23666 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23668 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
23670 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23672 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
23674 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
23675 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
23676 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
23678 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
23679 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
23681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23683 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
23684 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
23685 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
23687 \(fn)" t nil)
23689 ;;;***
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
23692 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15697 38217))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
23695 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
23696 Browse the widget under point.
23698 \(fn POS)" t nil)
23700 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
23701 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
23703 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
23705 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
23706 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
23708 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
23710 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
23711 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
23712 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
23714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23716 ;;;***
23718 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
23719 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15869
23720 ;;;;;; 9800))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
23723 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
23724 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
23726 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
23728 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
23729 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
23730 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
23732 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
23734 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
23735 Create widget of TYPE.
23736 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
23738 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23740 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
23741 Delete WIDGET.
23743 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
23745 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
23746 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
23748 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23750 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
23751 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
23752 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
23754 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
23755 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
23757 \(fn)" nil nil)
23759 ;;;***
23761 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
23762 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
23763 ;;;;;; 685))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
23766 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
23767 Select the window to the left of the current one.
23768 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23769 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
23770 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
23771 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
23772 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23776 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
23777 Select the window above the current one.
23778 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
23779 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
23780 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
23781 negative ARG) of the current window.
23782 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23786 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
23787 Select the window to the right of the current one.
23788 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23789 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
23790 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
23791 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
23792 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23796 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
23797 Select the window below the current one.
23798 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23799 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
23800 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
23801 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
23802 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23806 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
23807 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
23808 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
23809 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
23811 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
23813 ;;;***
23815 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
23816 ;;;;;; (15823 51258))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
23819 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
23820 Toggle winner-mode.
23821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23822 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
23824 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23826 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
23828 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
23829 Toggle Winner mode.
23830 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
23832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23834 ;;;***
23836 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
23837 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15823 54308))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
23840 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
23841 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
23842 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
23843 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
23844 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
23845 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
23846 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
23847 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
23849 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
23850 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
23852 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
23854 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
23855 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
23857 \(fn)" t nil)
23859 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
23860 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
23861 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
23862 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
23863 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
23864 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
23865 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
23866 `woman' command for further details.
23868 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
23870 ;;;***
23872 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
23876 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
23877 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
23879 BUGS:
23880 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
23881 are not implemented
23882 - Options for search and replace
23883 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
23884 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
23886 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
23887 Emacs-like.
23889 The key bindings are:
23891 C-a backward-word
23892 C-b fill-paragraph
23893 C-c scroll-up-line
23894 C-d forward-char
23895 C-e previous-line
23896 C-f forward-word
23897 C-g delete-char
23898 C-h backward-char
23899 C-i indent-for-tab-command
23900 C-j help-for-help
23901 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
23902 C-l ws-repeat-search
23903 C-n open-line
23904 C-p quoted-insert
23905 C-r scroll-down-line
23906 C-s backward-char
23907 C-t kill-word
23908 C-u keyboard-quit
23909 C-v overwrite-mode
23910 C-w scroll-down
23911 C-x next-line
23912 C-y kill-complete-line
23913 C-z scroll-up
23915 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
23916 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
23917 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
23918 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
23919 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
23920 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
23921 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
23922 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
23923 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
23924 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
23925 C-k b ws-begin-block
23926 C-k c ws-copy-block
23927 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
23928 C-k f find-file
23929 C-k h ws-show-markers
23930 C-k i ws-indent-block
23931 C-k k ws-end-block
23932 C-k p ws-print-block
23933 C-k q kill-emacs
23934 C-k r insert-file
23935 C-k s save-some-buffers
23936 C-k t ws-mark-word
23937 C-k u ws-exdent-block
23938 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
23939 C-k v ws-move-block
23940 C-k w ws-write-block
23941 C-k x kill-emacs
23942 C-k y ws-delete-block
23944 C-o c wordstar-center-line
23945 C-o b switch-to-buffer
23946 C-o j justify-current-line
23947 C-o k kill-buffer
23948 C-o l list-buffers
23949 C-o m auto-fill-mode
23950 C-o r set-fill-column
23951 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
23952 C-o wd delete-other-windows
23953 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
23954 C-o wo other-window
23955 C-o wv split-window-vertically
23957 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
23958 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
23959 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
23960 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
23961 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
23962 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
23963 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
23964 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
23965 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
23966 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
23967 C-q a ws-query-replace
23968 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
23969 C-q c end-of-buffer
23970 C-q d end-of-line
23971 C-q f ws-search
23972 C-q k ws-to-block-end
23973 C-q l ws-undo
23974 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
23975 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
23976 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
23977 C-q w ws-last-error
23978 C-q y ws-kill-eol
23979 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
23981 \(fn)" t nil)
23983 ;;;***
23985 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15697
23986 ;;;;;; 38217))
23987 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
23989 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
23990 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
23991 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23993 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
23995 (custom-add-to-group (quote xterm-mouse) (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23997 (custom-add-load (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote xt-mouse))
23999 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
24000 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
24001 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
24003 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
24005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24007 ;;;***
24009 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
24010 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
24011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
24013 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
24014 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
24016 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
24018 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
24019 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
24021 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
24023 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
24024 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
24025 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
24027 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
24029 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
24030 Zippy goes to the analyst.
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24034 ;;;***
24036 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
24039 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
24040 Zone out, completely.
24042 \(fn)" t nil)
24044 ;;;***
24046 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
24047 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15566 3941))
24048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
24050 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
24051 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
24053 \(fn)" t nil)
24055 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
24056 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
24058 Zone-mode does two things:
24060 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
24061 when saving the file
24063 - fontification" t nil)
24065 ;;;***
24067 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
24068 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
24069 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
24070 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
24071 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
24072 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
24073 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
24074 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
24075 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
24076 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
24077 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
24078 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
24079 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
24080 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
24081 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
24082 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
24083 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
24084 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
24085 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
24086 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
24087 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
24088 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
24089 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
24090 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
24091 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
24092 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
24093 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
24094 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
24095 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
24096 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
24097 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
24098 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
24099 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
24100 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
24101 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
24102 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
24103 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
24104 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
24105 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
24106 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
24107 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
24108 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
24109 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
24110 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
24111 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
24112 ;;;;;; "float-sup.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
24113 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
24114 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
24115 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
24116 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
24117 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
24118 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
24119 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
24120 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
24121 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
24122 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
24123 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
24124 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
24125 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
24126 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
24127 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
24128 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
24129 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
24130 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
24131 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
24132 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
24133 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
24134 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
24135 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
24136 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
24137 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
24138 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
24139 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
24140 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
24141 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
24142 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
24143 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
24144 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
24145 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
24146 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
24147 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
24148 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el"
24149 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
24150 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
24151 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "loadup.el"
24152 ;;;;;; "ls-lisp.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
24153 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-index.el" "mail/mh-mime.el" "mail/mh-pick.el"
24154 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-speed.el" "mail/mh-xemacs-compat.el"
24155 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el"
24156 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "map-ynp.el" "menu-bar.el" "misc.el"
24157 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
24158 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
24159 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el"
24160 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
24161 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
24162 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
24163 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
24164 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
24165 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
24166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
24167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
24168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
24169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
24170 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "regi.el"
24171 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
24172 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
24173 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
24174 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
24175 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
24176 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
24177 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
24178 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
24179 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
24180 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
24181 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
24182 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
24183 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
24184 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
24185 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24186 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
24187 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
24188 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
24189 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
24190 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
24191 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "xscheme.el") (15869 10595 27118))
24193 ;;;***
24195 ;;; Local Variables:
24196 ;;; version-control: never
24197 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
24198 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
24199 ;;; End:
24200 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here